Pike County 4-H Scoop - Purdue University

Pike County

4-H Scoop

2014-2015

It is the policy of the Purdue University Cooperative Extension Service that all persons have equal opportunity and access to its educational programs, services, activities, and facilities without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, national origin or ancestry, marital status,

parental status, sexual orientation, disability, or status as a veteran. Purdue University is an Affirmative Action institution. This material may be available in alternative formats.

This Scoop Belongs To

Please keep this Scoop for two years! If you lose your Scoop, there will be a replacement fee.

Remember, the Scoop is also available online.

2014 Dates to Remember

April 1: Future 4-H and 4-H Enrollments due. (Note: If you will show livestock, you must be enrolled in that livestock project by April 1!)

Indiana State 4-H Program Fees due Livestock enrollment deadline for Beef/Dairy Cattle (except

registered heifers) May 15: Livestock enrollment deadline for Registered Beef Heifers, Horse &

Pony, Goats, Llama, Sheep & Swine. June 1: Livestock enrollment deadline for Poultry & Rabbit Freestyle Project Proposal Forms due in Extension Office Music completion options due in Extension Office. June 15: Drop & Add deadline. (Any project may be dropped without penalty

by June 15, but only non-livestock projects may be added after April 1.)

June/July: Fairgrounds Clean Up Day(s) TBA July: Look for project judging schedule! July 20-25: Pike County 4-H Fair Week August 1-17: Indiana State Fair August/September: Achievement Banquet – TBA

Future Indiana State Fair Dates August 7-23, 2015 & August 5-21, 2016

2014 – 2015 Pike County 4-H “Scoop”

Your Guide to Pike County 4-H

Indiana’s 4-H Mission The Indiana 4-H Youth Development mission

is to provide real-life educational opportunities that develop young people who positively

impact their community and world.

Indiana’s 4-H Vision Indiana 4-H Youth Development strives to be the

premier, community-based program empowering young people to reach their full potential.

Table of Contents

Section 1: General Information • About the Pike County 4-H Fairgrounds • About the Pike County Extension Office • Notes from the Extension Office • Information for 4-H Club Leaders & Volunteers

Section 2: General Rules, Regulations and Information about Pike County 4-H • Equal Opportunity and Access • Enrollment Eligibility • Enrollment Requirements • Deadlines • 4-H Members’ Club Status • 4-H Project Manuals • Green Record Books • Trips, Awards and Scholarships • County Activities • Behavioral Expectations • Pike County 4-H Code of Conduct • Pike County 4-H Dress Code

Section 3: Fair Rules and Preparing for the 4-H Fair • Judging • What Does this Ribbon Mean? • State Fair Exhibits • Grievance Policy • Indiana State Fair Ticket Policy • Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013) • Tips on Preparing Exhibits

o Completion Suggestions & Requirements o Completion Options

• Exhibit Check-In Section 4: 4-H Project Information & Requirements

• Arts & Crafts • All other non-breathing “Building” projects • Livestock Rules

o Enrollment Requirements, Deadlines and Instructions o General Rules for All Species o Livestock Exhibit Rules o Showmanship

Matters of policy and their interpretation not covered specifically in this

book will be decided and ruled upon by the Pike County 4-H Council.

2

About the Pike County 4-H Fairgrounds

Fairgrounds Address: 1211 N State Road 56 Petersburg IN 47567

(Located within Hornady Park)

The Pike County 4-H Fairgrounds are smoke-free, alcohol-free and drug-free! No smoking, alcohol or illegal drugs allowed on the fairgrounds.

About the Pike County Extension Office

Office Hours Monday through Friday 8 am to 4 pm Eastern

Closed Holidays

Contact Us Phone: (812) 354-6838 & (812) 354-6837

Fax: (812) 354-8028 Website: www.ag.purdue.edu/counties/pike/

Staff

4-H Youth & HHS Educator .............................................................. Open Position Maria Restrepo, ANR Educator, Interim CED [email protected] Family Nutrition Program Assistant .................................................. Open Position Calla Wininger, Full-Time Secretary [email protected] Cheryl Slomski, Part-Time Secretary .................................. [email protected]

If you need to call or visit our office, please do so during office hours.

In fair season, we try to keep the office open during the lunch hour.

However, the office may be closed when all staff members are at the fairgrounds.

We have voicemail. If you leave a message with your name and phone number, we will return your call on the next business day.

Thank you for your consideration!

3

Notes from the Extension Office 4-H Mailings and Communication Postal mailings of 4-H information will be sent to the 4-H member’s home address listed on the enrollment form. When possible communication may take place via e-mail for those members/families providing e-mail addresses. If you prefer to receive a text let us know. Please keep your address, phone number and e-mail address current with our office. Obtaining Enrollment Forms It is each member’s responsibility to complete online 4-H enrollment –or– complete and return paper enrollment forms on time. If you aren’t sure what forms you need (Future 4-H or 4-H enrollments or livestock enrollments), need forms or need help with online enrollment, contact your 4-H leader or the Extension Office. Don’t forget to pay your State 4-H Program Fee! 4-H Scoop, Project Manuals & Supply Policy • Each family will receive one (1) Scoop. Please keep this copy for the next two

years. The Scoop may also be downloaded from the Pike County 4-H website. • Please note that some projects do not have a 4-H manual. If there is no manual,

please refer to the Scoop. For projects with manuals, the initially needed manuals will be provided by the Pike County 4-H Council at no cost to the 4-H member.

• If it is necessary to replace The Scoop or any project manuals, due to loss or other circumstances, the member will be charged for their replacement cost (based on current prices).

Some 4-H Supplies can be purchased from the Extension Office… Foam Poster Backs (22x28-inches) ........................................................ $2.00 each Poster Sleeves (will fit 22x28-inch flat posters) ....................................... $1.00 each Salon Print Sleeves (will fit 16x20-inch mounted prints) .......................... $0.50 each Electric I Kits (circuit board, base not included) ....................................... $3.50 each Electric II Kits (magnetic flashlight, base not included) .......................... $16.00 each Fifty Trees of Indiana (optional) ............................................................... $5.00 each Entomology Pins & Vials Sets ................................................................. $5.25 each How To Study, Collect, Preserve & Identify Insects (optional) ................ $3.50 each Wilton Cake Decorating Manual (optional) ............................................ $20.00 each And more! Items sold on a first-come, first-serve basis. Prices subject to change.

4

Information for 4-H Club Leaders & Volunteers To become a 4-H Volunteer or 4-H Club Leader, all volunteers must fill out applications and go through the volunteer screening process. Additionally, each year the volunteers must complete an “Adult Behavioral Expectations” (ABE) form and return it to the Extension Office. Leaders and volunteers should attend all leaders’ meetings and read all Extension Office communications carefully, in order to stay informed of changes and to stay current on paperwork. Contact the Extension Office for the proper forms and more information.

4-H Clubs & Club Tax Information

Interested in starting a new club? Contact the Extension Office to get started.

4-H Clubs Tax Information Changes in IRS regulations and policies over the past several years have resulted in changes in the way in which 4-H Clubs are able to maintain their federal income tax-exemption status. In March of 2011, 4-H National Headquarters and the IRS decided to “sunset” the existing 4-H Group Exemption Number (GEN) that has been in place for the past 40 years for all 4-H Clubs in the United States. Each state was then instructed to determine its own method to enable 4-H Clubs to maintain their tax-exempt status. Beginning in 2012, all 4-H clubs – Future and “traditional” 4-H – must adopt a standardized constitution outlining its governing policies. Additionally, each club will need to have a signed letter on file with Purdue authorizing the club to be included in the Purdue GEN. All organized clubs must follow this policy – even if the club does not collect money, does not have a treasurer, or does not have a bank account. For more information, please contact the Extension Office.

General Information for Our Volunteers 1. All volunteers are expected to follow the Adult Behavioral Expectations agreement

signed annually as well as the Behavioral Expectations, Pike County 4-H Code of Conduct and the Pike County 4-H Dress Code found in this handbook.

2. All clubs, leaders, and 4-H’ers are expected to participate in “Clean Up Day” at the fairgrounds. It is usually the week prior to the County 4-H Fair.

5

General Rules and Regulations for Joining Pike County 4-H

Equal Opportunity and Access

Everyone is welcome to participate in 4-H programs and events! Our policy is that all persons have equal opportunity and access to our educational programs, services, activities, and facilities without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, national origin or ancestry, marital status, parental status, sexual orientation, disability, or status as a veteran. We believe that every 4-H’er is special and recognize each child’s individual skills, abilities, talents and needs. Please let us know if we can assist you in setting goals and modifying experiences to meet any child’s needs – physical, mental or developmental. If you need assistance or a reasonable accommodation, please contact us so that we can help. 4-H Enrollment Eligibility Note: Your 4-H “grade” is based on the grade you were enrolled in as of January 1 of the current year. 1. Eligible youth living in other counties may join Pike County 4-H as long as they do

not participate in any other county’s 4-H program. 2. Youth Pre-K or younger are welcome to exhibit in the Children’s Open Class and

participate in Pee Wee Showmanship during the Pike County 4-H Fair. For more information about Children’s Open Class or Pee Wee Showmanship, please contact the Extension Office.

3. Youth enrolled in Kindergarten through second grade may enroll in Future 4-H. Future 4-H’ers should follow project guidelines found in the “Mini Scoop.” Future 4-H’ers are eligible to exhibit at the Pike County 4-H Fair in their specified divisions only. There will be no champions or premium money paid in the Future 4-H division. To be considered complete, a Future 4-H’er must create and exhibit a 4-H project to be turned in during Future project check-in and/or participate in Future 4-H livestock showmanship.

4. Youth enrolled in grades 3 through 12 may join traditional 4-H by enrolling in a traditional 4-H club or by enrolling independently. These youth will be enrolled by grade in those projects where grade designations are indicated. They will be enrolled by year in projects that do not have grade designations. Youth may enroll in any project listed in this Scoop. They may continue membership in 4-H through the calendar year in which they are high school seniors, with a maximum of ten years in 4-H. To be considered complete a member must complete at least one of the projects in which they enroll each year.

5. Indiana State Fair exhibitors must be in traditional 4-H (grades 3-12). 6. Not eligible for Future 4-H or 4-H? There are still more ways to join the fair fun!

Residents of Pike County and surrounding counties of any age are welcome to

6

participate in the Pike County Extension Homemaker’s Open Class. For more information, please contact the Extension Office.

4-H Enrollment Requirements 1. ALL MEMBERS: Completed enrollment forms must be filed with the Extension

Office by April 1. • Option 1: Enroll online at: https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll through

April 1. (Youth who enroll in this manner are not required to complete a paper 4-H enrollment form.)

• Option 2: Enroll by completing a paper 4-H enrollment form as in the past. Paper forms may be hand-delivered, faxed or emailed to the Extension Office and are due by 4 pm on April 1. You may also mail completed forms to the Extension Office; these must be postmarked on or before April 1.

2. ALL 4-H MEMBERS: The Indiana State 4-H Program Fee must be paid in full by April 1. The fee is $15 per member, with a maximum of $45 per household. There is no fee for Future 4-H members. Pike County is not charging an additional county 4-H fee at this time. • Payment options: credit card (online only), check (in office or by mail), or

cash (in office only). Please make checks payable to Pike CES Ed Fund. 3. ALL LIVESTOCK MEMBERS: Livestock exhibitors must be enrolled in each

livestock project by April 1. Remember, livestock projects cannot be added after April 1.

4. LIVESTOCK MEMBERS: In addition to each of the above items, all livestock forms must be filed in the Extension Office on or before the appropriate species deadline. • Beef & Dairy Forms – State Form available in the Extension Office • Goats – Online enrollment must be completed by visiting https://www.four-

h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm. • Horse & Pony –Online enrollment must be completed by

visiting https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm. • Llamas & Alpacas – Online enrollment must be completed by

visiting https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm. • Poultry – County Form available in the Extension Office • Rabbit – County Form available in the Extension Office • Sheep – State Form available in the Extension Office • Swine – State Form available in the Extension Office

5. If any of the above requirements are not met, you will not receive premium money for fair exhibits and will receive participation ribbons only. Livestock exhibitors will not be allowed to auction animals or participate in livestock showmanship if any enrollment requirements are not met. Remember: It is every member’s responsibility to complete livestock enrollments on time – whether completed on paper or online. If you need assistance, please contact the Extension Office.

7

https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll

https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm




6. The Drop/Add Deadline for projects is June 15. Any project may be dropped by June 15. Any non-livestock project may be added until June 15. Any project not dropped by the deadline will result in an incomplete if not exhibited at the fair. Any project not added by June 15 will not be allowed for fair exhibition. Remember: Livestock projects cannot be added! They must be checked on the 4-H enrollment form by April 1.

Deadlines All forms are due in the Extension Office no later than 4 pm on the deadline. Mailed forms will be accepted, only if envelopes are postmarked by the deadline. Multi-part State 4-H forms must be hand-delivered or mailed to the Extension Office; faxing/emailing not acceptable. • Future 4-H enrollments due April 1. (May enroll online or with a paper form.) • 4-H enrollment forms due April 1. (May enroll online or with a paper form.) • State 4-H Program Fees due April 1. (Members in grades 3-12 only.) • ALL Lease Forms due May 15. • Beef enrollment forms due by April 1, except registered heifers, which are due

on May 15. • Dairy Cattle enrollment forms due May 15. • Goat enrollment forms due May 15. (Online Enrollment Only) • Horse & Pony enrollment forms due May 15. (Online Enrollment Only) • Llama lease agreements due May 15. (Online Enrollment Only) • Poultry enrollment forms due June 1. • Rabbit enrollment forms due June 1. • Sheep enrollment forms due May 15. • Swine enrollment forms due May 15. • Project Drop/Add Deadline is June 15. Drop/Add forms are available upon

request.

8

4-H Members’ Club Status 4-H Club Membership: 4-H’ers may belong to any 4-H Club in Pike County and may be members of multiple clubs (see “Primary Clubs” and “Secondary Clubs” for more details). Residence does not restrict club membership. However, most 4-H’ers belong to the club closest to where they live or attend school. Members exhibiting livestock should attend meetings with the appropriate livestock club [i.e. Boots & Saddles (horse), Feathers & Fur (rabbit), Just Kidding (goat), Pike’s Peeps (poultry)]. Members may change membership to another club if desired. It is very important to notify the Extension Office and the leaders of both clubs (old and new), so that you receive the appropriate club meeting reminders. For a list of current Pike County 4-H clubs, please contact the Extension office. Primary Clubs: A member’s primary club may be a general 4-H club or a special interest club. (Note: At the 4-H Achievement Day program, a member will receive his/her membership pin for completing 4-H in their primary club, as noted on his/her 4-H enrollment form.) Primary Club Requirements: All 4-H’ers are encouraged to attend 4-H club meetings. Clubs can begin meeting and taking enrollment soon after the County Fair or the annual 4-H Achievement Day Program. Secondary Clubs or Special Interest Clubs: You may belong to a secondary club if you are enrolled in a specific project, but are not enrolled in that club as a primary member. In order to belong to a “special interest club” such as Shooting Sports or Horse & Pony, you are encouraged to (a) be enrolled in that project, (b) attend meetings of the special interest club and (c) exhibit at the 4-H Fair. Independent 4-H Enrollment: The traditional 4-H program is designed for a club setting. Youth are encouraged to belong to a 4-H club, but when circumstances prevent a member from being part of a club, youth may enroll as an Independent 4-H member. Independent 4-Hers and families have the responsibility of contacting the Extension Office for supplies, asking questions, meeting deadlines, etc. There are no assigned leaders for this enrollment option. Project/Activity Workshops: Project and activity workshops are designed to provide guidance to members through learning experiences and project knowledge. Project/Activity leaders may also assist members in completing record sheets for the specific project or activity.

9

4-H Project Manuals

There are some Pike County 4-H projects that do not have project manuals. For these projects, please refer to the Scoop. For all other projects that do have project manuals, please remember the following items: 1. The Scoop serves as a quick guide for project exhibits. The Scoop does not

include every detail and/or requirement about your project exhibit. 2. Project manuals should be kept from year to year for reference, especially if you

are enrolled in a certain level or project for multiple years. 3. Project manuals should be read thoroughly in order to learn more about your

project. 4. Project manuals include important information about your project, such as:

a. Suggested exhibit topics b. Additional details regarding what to include in your exhibit c. Tips for preparing and making your exhibit

Green Record Books

4-H’ers are encouraged to maintain their Green Record Book. However, we will not collect them during Fair; please keep the books with you so that you can work on them throughout the year. If you have not received your Green Record Book, please check with your 4-H Leader or contact the Extension Office.

Trips, Awards & Scholarships There are many trips, awards and scholarships available to Pike County 4-H members. If you would like more information, contact your 4-H leader or the Extension Office. Many of the National 4-H trips and awards require a 4-H achievement resume. These are developed from the Achievement Record Book (sometimes referred to as the “Green Record Book”), so be sure to keep your Record Book up to date.

County Activities Junior Leaders All 4-H members in grades 6-12 may join Junior Leaders. For more information, please contact the Extension Office or talk to a Junior Leader. Junior Leader Completion Requirements Beginning in 2012, each Junior Leader must meet several requirements to receive a Certificate of Completion: • Fill out a Junior Leader enrollment form. • Attend a minimum of three meetings. • Complete at least one 4-H project. • Assist with one Junior Leader activity, such as building project set-up, judging, pet

pageant or another activity.

10

Future 4-H & 4-H Day Camp Day Camp sessions are usually held in June. Attendees have an opportunity to explore projects, participate in fun games and create crafts. Details will be announced in the 4-H newsletter.

Behavioral Expectations

Behavioral Expectations of 4-H Members

Members must sign the statement on the current enrollment form in which he/she agrees to follow the rules, policies and expectations of the 4-H program and will conduct themselves in a courteous and respectful manner by exhibiting good sportsmanship and good behavior. The following actions constitute misconduct for which members may be subject to disciplinary penalties and/or dismissal from the 4-H program: 1. Dishonesty in connection with any 4-H activity by cheating or knowingly furnishing

false information. 2. Alteration or the unauthorized use of 4-H records. 3. Obstruction or disruption of any 4-H activity or aiding and encouraging other

persons to engage in such conduct. 4. Failure to comply or aiding or encouraging other persons not to comply with

specific terms and conditions of a given project, contest or activity. 5. Failure to comply with directions of 4-H officials acting in the proper performance

of their duties. 6. Inhumane treatment of 4-H animal projects. 7. Use or possession of fire crackers, gunpowder, firearms, chemicals or other

materials that can be used to create an explosive mixture. 8. Misuse of fire equipment or sounding a false fire alarm. 9. Physical or verbal abuse of any person or conduct that threatens or endangers

the health or safety of any person. 10. Theft of or malicious damage to property. 11. Possession, use, or distribution of alcohol, illegal drugs, tobacco and tobacco-like

products, or other dangerous substances. 12. Lewd, indecent, or obscene conduct. 13. Unauthorized entry, use or occupancy of any facility. 14. Any conduct that threatens or interferes with maintenance of appropriate order

and discipline or invades the rights of others.

11

Behavioral Expectations of 4-H Parents, Relatives & Others Parent/legal guardian must sign the statement on the current enrollment form in which he/she agrees to abide by, follow, and comply with the rules, policies, and expectations of the 4-H program and will conduct their self (themselves) in a courteous and respectful manner by exhibiting good sportsmanship and being a positive role model for youth. Relatives of members and others attending any 4-H event should also abide by the above. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Accepting responsibility to represent 4-H programs with dignity and pride by being

a positive role model for youth. 2. Conducting one’s self in a courteous, respectful manner; exhibiting good

sportsmanship; and demonstrating reasonable conflict management skills. 3. Respecting and adhering to the rules, policies, and guidelines established by the

Pike County Cooperative Extension Service, Purdue University, including all laws related to child abuse and substance abuse.

4. Under no circumstances allowing, condoning, or consuming alcohol or illegal drugs at 4-H events or activities.

5. Operating machinery, vehicles, and other equipment in a safe and responsible manner when working with youth participating in 4-H programs.

6. Recognizing that verbal or physical abuse, failure to comply with equal opportunity and antidiscrimination laws, or committing criminal acts may be reported to the proper authority.

7. Under no circumstances knowingly furnishing false information, encouraging or condoning the use of dishonesty in connection with any 4-H activity, including 4-H records.

8. Under no circumstances disrupting any 4-H activity or encouraging others to engage in such misconduct.

9. If a parent or relative of a 4-H member or other individual does not comply with the directions of 4-H officials acting in the proper performance of their duties, the 4-H official has authority to summon a law enforcement officer to have the person(s) removed from the fairgrounds or location of the 4-H event.

Pike County 4-H Code of Conduct

Part of being a responsible 4-H member is working with other 4-H members and assisting volunteers in preventing problems injurious to the 4-H program. It is imperative that our 4-H program maintains an orderly, safe, and disruptive free atmosphere conducive to educational youth development. • 4-H meetings, workshops and activities including the 4-H Fair are not the

appropriate locations for expressing affection in a physical manner. • At all 4-H functions, 4-H members must respect the 4-H program and other

people by not overstepping these bounds. Approved 4-H volunteers who observe 4-H members’ Code of Conduct which does not meet these guidelines should take the appropriate measures: 1st offense (verbal warning), & 2nd offense (ask member to leave the 4-H activity).

12

Pike County 4-H Dress Code

All 4-H members are expected to dress in an appropriate manner at all 4-H functions (club meetings, 4-H Fair, and other events). Only clothing that is safe, clean and not to be disruptive in nature will be acceptable. 4-H volunteers and leaders are also expected to abide by the Dress Code. • If a club has an official dress code for their specific project, the project dress code

will supersede the Pike County 4-H Dress Code. • Livestock exhibitors must follow the Pike County 4-H Dress Code for Livestock

Exhibitors. Refer to specific animal species for appropriate show attire. • No sashes, crowns or medallions should be worn while competing in 4-H livestock

judging. • No clothing or accessories shall promote or advertise alcoholic beverages,

cigarettes, other tobacco products, drugs, controlled substances, or contain or insinuate profanity.

• All shirts must have shoulder straps 2 inches or larger. • Females’ blouses, tops and shirts shall not expose one’s midriff area, nor be of

halter, spaghetti straps, strapless, or tube style. Males’ shall wear an appropriate shirt at all times.

• Pants and shorts must be worn above the hip. • Shorts must be mid-thigh in length. Approved 4-H volunteers who observe 4-H members dress which does not meet these guidelines should take the appropriate measures: 1st offense (verbal warning), & 2nd offense (ask member to change clothing or leave the 4-H activity). The Pike County 4-H Dress Code and 4-H Code of Conduct are in addition to the Indiana 4-H Behavioral Expectations of 4-H Members and/or Indiana 4-H Behavioral Expectations of 4-H Volunteers.

13

Fair Rules

Judging

1. All exhibits must be entered on the day and time specified by the 4-H Council. Tardy exhibitors will receive only a participation ribbon. Entry dates will be announced well in advance. If you are not sure when your exhibit is due, please contact your 4-H leader or call the Extension Office.

2. In all projects, the judge’s decision is final! All 4-H members, parents and leaders are expected to treat the judges respectfully.

3. The Extension Office reserves the right to correct inaccurate sticker and ribbon designations. Placing’s given during open judging are preliminary and will be considered “unofficial” until the judging booklets and projects have been verified by Extension Office staff members. For this reason, the 4-H Building will remain closed until the first Monday evening of fair, unless otherwise announced. Check the fair schedule to see when the 4-H Building will be open to the public.

4. Reserve division champion, division champion, reserve grand champion, and grand champion awards will be given in all projects where projects are of that quality. Each judge reserves the right to award or not award these placing’s. There is no premium money for these awards.

5. Participation ribbons will be awarded to those exhibits which do not meet requirements and/or are entered late. Participation ribbons indicate to the 4-Her that the exhibit was not necessarily poor quality only that it did not meet project requirements as indicated in the 4-H Handbook.

6. Stickers are used to indicate ribbon placing’s. They do not replace ribbons; they are in addition to ribbons. Sticker “keys” will be available for reference.

7. All non-livestock ribbons hold the following value: • Blue – $2.00 • Red – $1.50 • White – $1.00 • Participation – No premium money • Division & Reserve Division Champion – No premium money • Grand & Reserve Grand Champion – No premium money • Honor Group – No premium money

8. Premium money will be distributed at the annual 4-H Achievement Day ceremony. Auction checks will also be awarded at Achievement Day.

9. Exhibits must be left in place until the time of exhibit release, which will be announced at least one week prior to the 4-H Fair. All 4-H’ers who remove exhibits before the release time - unless receiving special permission from the 4-H council or unless specified for a particular exhibit - will forfeit both premium money and ribbons.

10. Picking up projects is a part of project completion. Unless alternate arrangements have been made with your 4-H leader and/or the Extension Office, if any project(s) are not picked up at designated times, items may be disposed of in the trash.

14

11. Precautions will be taken to safeguard all exhibits; however, the 4-H Council, Extension Board, Extension Office and any of their respective employees and volunteers will not be responsible for the loss or damage of any article.

What Does This Ribbon Mean?

For most projects (except livestock), Pike County 4-H uses the Danish system of ribbon awards. See the below list for more information.

Pike County 4-H Building Project Designations Blue ...................................................................................... Above average work 1,2 Red ....................................................................................................Average work 2 White .......................................................... Below average or needs improvement 2 Participation ........................ Late entries and projects that fail to meet requirements Division Champion ............................... Judge deems project best in project division Reserve Division Champion ............... Judge deems second best in project division Grand Champion .......................................................... Judge deems best in project Reserve Grand Champion ............................... Judge deems second best in project Honor Group .......................................... Special recognition for blue ribbon exhibits State Fair .......................... Selected for State Fair entry (limited number of projects) 1 Only Blue Ribbon projects may be selected as Champion, Grand Champion, Honor

Group or State Fair. 2 Projects may be lowered one placing for each project requirement not met. There is no limit to the number of blue, red, white, participation or honor group ribbons that a judge may award. Champions and Reserve Champions will be chosen in all divisions if quality merits. Grand and Reserve Grand Champions will be selected for each project from that project’s Division Champion and Reserve Division Champion winners if quality merits. State Fair selections will be made only if quality merits selection. Please note that not all projects are eligible for State Fair exhibition; please contact the Extension Office or refer to the Indiana State Fair handbook to confirm project eligibility.

State Fair Exhibits

Perishable & Non-Perishable Building Projects If your project is selected for State Fair, be sure to check the Indiana State Fair 4-H Handbook to make sure your exhibit follows all of the project requirements. The State Fair rules may be accessed on the Indiana State Fair website, at http://www.in.gov/statefair/fair/index.html. Also, a limited number of State Fair 4-H Handbooks are available in the Extension Office. Further instructions will be included in the July 4-H newsletter and will be posted in the 4-H Building. If you have any questions, please ask as soon as possible.

15

Small Animal and Livestock Exhibits State Fair entry is optional for 4-H members enrolled in the following projects: Beef, Cats, Dairy, Dairy Goats, Dairy Feeder Steers, Dairy Steers, Dog, Garden, Goats, Horse & Pony, Llamas, Poultry, Rabbits, Sheep and Swine. It will be the 4-H member’s responsibility to meet the official enrollment deadline and make official State Fair entry for these projects. If you are interested in exhibiting at State Fair, please contact the Extension Office for more information.

Grievance Policy

Decisions of the judges are final. However, if you have a grievance about a project placing in the 4-H Building, a written complaint must be filled out and returned to the Extension Office or 4-H Building by Tuesday of fair week. (Grievance forms are available in the Extension Office, upon request, or may be downloaded from the Pike CES website.) Grievances will be investigated and final results issued no later than Friday of fair week. After that date, all placing’s are final.

Indiana State Fair Ticket Policy

The Indiana State Fair Board provides each county extension office with a limited number of State Fair tickets. The State Fair Board stipulates that these tickets are to be allocated as follows:

1. One (1) ticket for each 4-H member who has a non-animal State Fair exhibit. (State Fair livestock exhibitors will receive tickets upon registering for the State Fair.)

2. One (1) ticket for each 4-H leader or 4-H project leader. 3. Any extra tickets may be distributed to 4-H members who complete at least

one county 4-H project. In Pike County, any additional tickets will be distributed on a first-come, first-serve basis, with a limit of one ticket per person. Eligible members and volunteers may pick up tickets during the Pike County 4-H Fair. Remember, if the State Fair Board policy regarding distribution of tickets changes, the county policy will also change. If you have any questions about the State Fair Board or County ticket policies, please contact the Extension Office.

16

Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013) For competitions: Filling, frosting, glazing, pie filling, and meringue, (whether uncooked or cooked) are not permitted to contain cream cheese, sour cream, heavy cream, or whipped cream as the nature of these products increases the moisture content and water activity of the food. Foods with a higher moisture content and water activity can be ideal growing conditions for food borne pathogens, even if the ingredients is part of a batter and baked. Additionally, unpasteurized milk (raw milk or raw milk products) or uncooked eggs/egg whites are not permitted; (pasteurized eggs or eggs cooked to 160°F may be used, however). No home-canned fruits, vegetables, or meats are permitted in products. Recipes must be provided that show which ingredients were used in each part of the product. Contestants should carefully wash their hands and make sure that their hands do not have any open cuts before preparing foods. Contestants shall not prepare food exhibits for competition within 48 hours of recovering from any illness. Whenever possible, baked products should be transported and stored in chilled coolers (41°F). Judges and individuals who will consume products from county and state competitions should be informed that they are at risk for foodborne illness, since the established policy cannot guarantee than an entry which may be a “potentially hazardous food” has been properly prepared or handled before, during or following the competition. Tasting of a food product is solely at the discretion of the judge. Judges are not to taste any low-acid or acidified preserved food, like green beans or tomato products, and are discouraged from tasting any other home preserved food. Consumers of competitive food exhibits being sold at auction or used for hospitality purposes should be notified that they could be at risk for foodborne illness since the established policy cannot guarantee that an entry which may be a “potentially hazardous food” has been properly prepared or handled before, during or following the competition.

Tips on Preparing Exhibits

Completion Suggestions & Requirements

1. Enroll as early as possible and do project requirements as specified in your 4-H manuals.

2. Please read this book carefully. If the 4-H exhibit is not completed according to Scoop rules, the exhibit will automatically drop one placing.

3. Check in the Scoop for directions on preparing your project exhibit. If there is a difference between the manual and the Scoop, follow the Scoop!

4. Firmly attach county entry tags to completed projects. 5. Your 4-H grade (grade you are in on January 1) will be used on all 4-H entry tags.

17

6. All projects must have been completed in the current 4-H year and may be exhibited only one year. Projects may be started for next year after the current year’s fair.

7. Read all “notes” in your project area before doing your exhibit. 8. All Foods projects (baked foods, food preservation, create-a-mix, etc.) must

adhere to the “Food Safety Rule”. 9. For projects that are based on division (years you have completed that project),

older 4-H’ers who wish to take a project for the first time may start in a more advanced division than Division I. Members may advance a level, but may not go to a lower level in following years.

10. Traditional 4-H members may complete their 4-H year in several ways: a. Fair Exhibition: Create at least one project exhibit, turn in the created

project exhibit at the appropriate time for judging, and retrieve the project exhibited at the designated pick up time(s) to be considered complete. At least one of the projects in which they are enrolled must be exhibited.

b. Project Completion: Complete at least one project, submit a completed 4-H project record sheet prior to the established date and have an officially recognized 4-H leader and/or Extension Educator verify the existence of the completed project or activity.

c. Activity Participation: Members may also complete by participating in a county 4-H activity such as Junior Leaders, Speech & Demonstration contest, or the County or Area Performing Arts Contest (Share the Fun).

Exhibit Completion Options The most common exhibit options include Display Boards, Notebooks, Posters and Verbal Communications Activities. Be sure to review your project exhibit requirements before beginning your projects so that you know exactly what you need to do.

Display Boards Some projects have an option of making a display board for your project. A Display Board consists of a three-sided display not to exceed 30” deep x 48” wide x 72” high. Three-dimensional items may be attached to the board. Consult your project requirements for other size requirements.

Top View Front View. Dotted lines represent hinged areas.

Display Board Diagrams

18

Notebook Pointers 1. Notebooks need to be a sturdy 3 ring binder (with stiff covers) or a bound type

notebook (with stiff covers) that can accommodate 8½“ x 11” paper. No report covers or similar styles may be used. Make sure the notebook accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the activities in the manual. Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted.

2. Materials included in the notebook need to be educational, both for the youth and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on web, in library, etc.) and/or activities to create the notebook. Work should include references where appropriate. Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged.

3. Display a label given to you at check-in in the lower right corner. 4. Notebooks will be lowered one placing for each requirement not met.

Poster Pointers

Unless otherwise specified in the project rules, all 4-H posters must be displayed horizontally and meet all size and preparation requirements as given below. Posters that do not meet these requirements will be lowered one placing. 1. Unless otherwise indicated by the project

rules, all poster exhibits are to be 22”x28”, displayed horizontally like a dollar bill. (See diagram.) The thickness of the completed poster (poster board, backing and plastic covering) should not exceed ¼-inch, unless objects have been placed on the poster to create a 3-D effect.

2. A 2”x4” label with your name, address, county, club name, project, grade, and division is to be firmly attached in the lower right corner. Be sure to leave this area open for the label! (See sample label and poster diagram.)

3. All posters must have a stiff backing. Make sure the poster backing is the same size as your poster. Any material that will keep the poster from bending will work. Stiff backing may be made of Masonite, foam core, lightweight wall paneling or plywood, or a piece of heavy cardboard with no folds (doubling cardboard is not allowed), all within the appropriate thickness. Please be aware that the foam backing found at many stores (Hobby Lobby, Wal-Mart, etc.) may not be the

4-H Posters

Exhibit Tag

22 in

ches

28 inches

Name ______________________________ Address ____________________________ County _____________________________ Club _______________________________ Project _____________________________ Level/Division ________ Grade _________

*Grade as of January 1

19

correct size! The Extension Office sells the correct size foam board (and poster sleeves).

4. Unless project rules state otherwise, all poster exhibits may be made on any color of poster board or suitable material (e.g. fabric, wrapping paper, etc.), and then be securely attached and mounted to the poster backing. Use caution with fluorescent or neon colored poster board.

o I is best to use rubber cement to attach the poster board to the backing, as then the backing can usually be used again.

o Attaching the poster board or other material to the poster backing before you put anything else on the poster works best. Be sure to let your prepared poster board/backing dry for a few days before creating your poster display, as the rubber cement will retain moisture and may ruin your poster.

o You may also use the foam core-backing itself as your poster. 5. All posters must be completely covered in clear plastic. Be sure to cover the

poster with clear plastic that is heavy enough not to wrinkle. o Plastic sleeves may be purchased at the Extension Office. o Alternative plastic coverings include heat-shrink plastic and other clear

plastic, acetate or transparent covering material, available at craft, hardware and discount stores.

o If you are not using a poster sleeve, lay a sheet of plastic (approximately 28”x34”) on a hard surface. Place the poster face-down on the plastic. Wrap the plastic edges around to the back side of the poster and tape in place. Masking tape works best. The final thickness of your poster should not exceed 1/4 inch with the exception of objects placed on the poster that makes a 3-D effect.

o DO NOT USE PLASTIC FOOD WRAP (aka. Saran® Wrap or kitchen wrap)!!

6. Posters must have a title on them. Unless otherwise noted under the specific project information, the title should be the project name and division. Subtitles may be added to explain poster topic. If the project manual or other materials are to be exhibited with the poster, attach a manila envelope to the back of the poster and put the manual inside. (If you are using a poster sleeve, attach the envelope to the outside of the sleeve so that the judge(s) may access the contents.)

7. Lettering options: o Type and print from a computer o Use stencils o Self-adhesive or press-type letters may be purchased at discount, craft

and art stores 8. Tips on Mounting Adhesives:

o Try not to finish your poster the night before fair. Some adhesives take a while to completely set up.

o If using glue, be sure to let the adhesive thoroughly dry for a few days. If you do not, the adhesive may retain moisture and ruin your poster. Also,

20

if the glue has not dried completely, items may not stay attached to your poster.

o Rubber cement often works best as it leaves no marks and won’t wrinkle paper.

o Use white glue only in cases where wrinkling or damage will not occur. o You might try using double-sided tape for lightweight items. o There are many types of glues and adhesives available in area stores.

Check to see what type is best for your project. 9. Posters should be educational and should be developed around the educational

topics in the manuals. 10. Materials included in the poster need to be educational, both for the youth and the

audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on the web, in the library, etc.) and/or activities to create the poster.

11. Posters should “tell a story” or be informative to the audience. Will the viewer of your poster learn something from the exhibit?

12. When designing your poster you should consider: lines, shapes, textures, colors and placement of items.

13. Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged. 14. Make sure the poster accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the

activities in the manual. 15. Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted. 16. Posters will be lowered one placing for each requirement not met.

Verbal Communication Events & Activities Effective communications drives all aspects of day-to-day life. In the Indiana 4-H Youth Development program, we offer a few avenues to learn and build skills on communications with others. The following verbal communication events and activities are offered to 4-H members as a way to teach presentation and public speaking skill development. If you are interested in doing an action demonstration at the County Fair, whether it is for your exhibit or for the 4-H opportunity, check with the Extension Office for more details. Interactive Demonstration • Any 4-H member may participate in the Interactive Demonstration. • This is designed for the novice person, and the topic can be related to any 4-H

project. The 4-H member will provide a short demonstration of no more than 3 minutes that will actively engage members of the audience in a how-to-do skill development.

21

• Examples include, but are not limited to, how to use a measuring cup, how to use a ruler, how to knead dough, how to clean grooming clippers, how to crop a photo, etc.

• Props are permitted. • Live animals and PowerPoint displays are not permitted. • Although participants will not be judged, an adult will watch the 4-H member’s

interactive demonstration and will provide feedback to the member. • The 4-H member will continually repeat their how-to interactive demonstration for

the designated time period, typically 45-60 minutes. Demonstration • Any 4-H member in grades 6-12 may participate in the Indiana State Fair

demonstration contest. • This contest allows the 4-H member to show the audience step-by-step

procedures how to do something related to any project • Examples of a demonstration include how to take a prize winning photograph,

how to give an intramuscular antibiotic injection or shot, how to design a mini-barn blueprint, how to construct a garment, how to develop a wildlife rehabilitation plan, how to treat a cat for fleas, etc.

• Members may use a PowerPoint, Prezi, or other digital presentation, signs, and other props that will enhance their presentation when giving their how-to demonstration to the audience from a stage or stage-like setting.

• If digital media will be used to enhance the presentation, contestants are encouraged to provide their own laptop computer. If the laptop is not equipped with a standard VGA external video connection, the contestant will need to supply an appropriate adapter. While a standard PC laptop will be available, the quality and compatibility of the digital media cannot be guaranteed as PowerPoint will be the only digital media available.

• Live animals are not permitted. • There is no interaction with the audience. • Junior members (grades 6-8) have 5-7 minutes to present their demonstration,

while senior members (grades 9-12) will present their demonstration in 5-10 minutes.

• Questions may be asked of the contestants by the judges following the demonstration.

• Categories will be Junior Individual, Senior Individual, Junior Team, and Senior Team.

• The team category is for two (2) people and will be determined by the highest grade level of any member of that team. If a team is awarded the State Fair Achievement Trip, only those team members who are 14 years of age or older as of January 1 will be permitted to attend the trip. Those members of the winning team who are younger than 14 years of age will not be able to compete in a team demonstration in future years.

22

• The State Fair Achievement Trip may be awarded by the judges to a maximum of the top three (3) blue merit senior individual members and top (1) blue merit senior team at the discretion of the judges. Trip winners must be of blue merit quality.

• A county may have no more than three (3) entries in each of these categories. Informative 4-H Presentation • Any 4-H member in grades 6-12 may participate in the Indiana State Fair

informative presentation contest. • This contest allows the 4-H member to present a topic of their choice related to a

4-H event, project, or activity to the audience. • Examples of an informative 4-H presentation include the benefits of attending 4-

H Round-Up, State 4-H Junior Leader Conference, Science Workshops, or Citizenship Washington Focus; the impact of a community service project on the 4-H members involved and their community; why a family should enroll their children in 4-H; how 4-H prepares a young person for the workforce or college, etc.

• Members may use a PowerPoint, Prezi, or other digital presentation, signs, and other props that will enhance their presentation when giving it to the audience from a stage or stage-like setting. If digital media will be used to enhance the presentation, contestants are encouraged to provide their own laptop computer. If the laptop is not equipped with a standard VGA external video connection, the contestant will need to supply an appropriate adapter. While a standard PC laptop will be available, the quality and compatibility of the digital media cannot be guaranteed as PowerPoint will be the only digital media available.

• Live animals are not permitted. • There is no interaction with the audience. • Junior members (grades 6-8) have 5-7 minutes to present their informative

presentation, while senior members (grades 9-12) will present their informative presentation in 5-10 minutes.

• Questions may be asked of the contestants by the judges following the informative 4-H presentation.

• Categories will be Junior Individual, Senior Individual, Junior Team, and Senior Team.

• The team category is for two (2) people and will be determined by the highest grade level of any member of that team. If a team is awarded the State Fair Achievement Trip, only those team members who are 14 years of age or older as of January 1 will be permitted to attend the trip. Those members of the winning team who are younger than 14 years of age will not be able to compete in a team informative presentation in future years.

• The State Fair Achievement Trip may be awarded by the judges to a maximum of the top three (3) blue merit senior individual members and top (1) blue merit senior team at the discretion of the judges. Trip winners must be of blue merit quality.

• A county may have no more than three (3) entries in each of the categories. 23

Professional Persuasive Presentation • Any 4-H member in grades 6-12 may participate in the Indiana State Fair

professional presentation contest. • Contestants will be required to research a public issue in their community, collect

data showing how this issue is or could affect their community, formulate a plan to address this issue, and present it in a professional manner using electronic digital media such as PowerPoint, Prezi, etc.

• Contestants are to submit three (3) sets of accompanying handouts at registration. These handouts will be provided to the judges.

• It is suggested that youth practice by presenting their professional presentation to service clubs, 4-H council or fair board, government officials, or other boards.

• Examples of public issues could be the lack of accessibility to trails or public parks, congested traffic locations, public health issues, impoverished neighborhoods, school dropout rates, the size of farm machinery outgrowing the size of roads, etc.

• Members must use a PowerPoint, Prezi, or other digital media presentation when giving it to the audience from a stage or stage-like setting.

• Other props may be used to enhance the presentation but are not required. • Live animals are not permitted. • There is no interaction with the audience. • Junior members (grades 6-8) and senior members (grades 9-12) will present

their professional presentation in 5-10 minutes. • Questions may be asked by the judges following the professional presentation.

Categories will be Junior Individual and Senior Individual. • There is no team category in the professional persuasive presentation contest. • Contestants are encouraged to provide their own laptop computer. If the laptop

is not equipped with a standard VGA external video connection, the contestant will need to supply an appropriate adapter. While a standard PC laptop will be available, the quality and compatibility of the digital media cannot be guaranteed as PowerPoint will be the only digital media available. A wireless internet connection will be available.

• The State Fair Achievement Trip may be awarded by the judges to a maximum of the top three (3) blue merit senior individual members at the discretion of the judges. Trip winners must be of blue merit quality.

• A county may have no more than three (3) entries in each of the categories. Public Speaking • Any 4-H member in grades 6-12 may participate in the Indiana State Fair public

speaking contest. • This contest allows the 4-H member to give their prepared speech to an

audience from a stage or stage-like setting. • There is no interaction with the audience. • Props, signs, and PowerPoint presentations are not permitted.

24

• The topic can be of the 4-H member’s choice and but must be related to 4-H. • Junior members (grades 6-8) have 3-5 minutes to give their speech while senior

members (grades 9-12) will give their speech in 5-7 minutes. • Questions may be asked by the judges following the speech. • The State Fair Achievement Trip may be awarded by the judges to a maximum

of the top three (3) blue merit senior individual members at the discretion of the judges. Trip winners must be of blue merit quality.

• A county may have no more than three (3) entries in each category. Illustrated Talk • An illustrated talk is offered at the Indiana State Fair in poultry and rabbits. • All participants must complete the Indiana State Fair Rabbit or Poultry entry

form. This completed form is to be submitted to the rabbit or poultry barn office, respective to the contest, at check-in. There is no Indiana State Fair entry fee for this event.

• Categories will be Novice (grades 3-4), Junior (grades 5-6), Intermediate (grades 7-8), Senior (grades 9-10), and Master (grades 11-12).

• An illustrated talk is for any 4-H member and allows the member to present a 5-7 minute speech to the audience on a topic related to that project while using props and/or a PowerPoint, Prezi, or other digital presentation.

• There is no interaction with the audience. • Check the Indiana State Fair 4-H Premium book for the time, date, and location

of this event. • Entries will be accepted through the county Purdue Extension office or on-site

at the poultry or rabbit show for the respective event. Check the Indiana State Fair 4-H Premium book for the time, location, and deadline to enter if entering on-site.

• Live animals that would be eligible to show in that project may be used in the illustrated talk.

• The State Fair Achievement Trip may be awarded by the judges to a maximum of the top two (2) blue merit Masters Category rabbit members and poultry members at the discretion of the judges. Trip winners must be of blue merit quality.

25

Exhibit Check-In

Entry Tags & Entering Projects

• Entry tags will be available at project check-in. (The Extension Office no longer mails tags to members prior to fair.) Each project and separate piece of your project must have an entry tag. For example, if you have multiple pieces that make one exhibit, each piece must have a tag. Please call the Extension Office before the fair if you need more than one tag. You may choose to pre-label your projects, but will need to attach the “official” tag(s) during check in. (Tags may be hole-punched and attached with string, taped, etc., unless otherwise indicated in project rules.) Note: These tags do not replace any labeling requirements listed in the project rules.

• Make sure you have everything for your exhibit with you at check-in! • Volunteers checking in projects will not check to see if you have followed all of

your project rules. Consult your Scoop & Addendum, ask your 4-H leader or call the Extension Office before the fair if you have questions.

• A note of explanation may be attached for the judge’s use. • Labels must be firmly attached to the exhibit.

4-H Manuals, Record Sheets, Skills Cards & More

• Project manuals, record sheets and other paperwork will not be available during project check-in, so be prepared when you come.

• Completed 4-H manuals, record sheets, skills cards and other paperwork may be required for your project. Check the Scoop and Addendum to see what you need to bring with your exhibit. A few examples include, but are not limited to: Aquatic Science, Arts & Crafts, Cats, Collections, Floriculture, Foods, Genealogy, Models, Personality, Photography, Sewing, Sewing for Fun, Small Pets and Weed ID.

• If the project does not require a specific record sheet, you may use the “General Record Sheet”.

• Keep your completed record sheets and manuals with your Green Record Book. • Do not leave the 4-H Building or Fairgrounds without your Green Record

Book, 4-H manuals or other paperwork! • If you have not used a project manual, please turn it in at the Extension Office or

during fair so it can be reused. Attach a note to the book with your name so we know who returned it. If you plan to take the project again next year and will have the same book, be sure you keep it for next year.

26

4-H Project Information & Requirements

Arts & Crafts Rules

General Rules for All Arts & Crafts Exhibits

1. All Arts & Crafts exhibits will be entered and judged based on grade level, instead of project tenure:

• Level A: Grades 3-5 • Level B: Grades 6-8 • Level C: Grades 9-12

2. The Arts & Crafts projects are described under the following three areas of interest: • Fine Arts – Oil, charcoal, pastels, pencil, ink, acrylic or watercolor projects

are to be painted on canvas, canvas board or paper. Paintings should also be framed as a picture and be prepared for hanging.

• Needlecrafts – (Hand work) Knitting, embroidery, crocheting, needlepoint, crewel, candlewicking, chicken scratching, hand quilting, tatting, huck embroidery, hemstitching; also pulled, drawn and counted thread work and punch needle work. Does not include latch hook, plastic canvas, machine knitting or machine quilting.

• Models – A small-scale replica (no die-casts). Lego built models go in Any Other Craft.

• Any Other Craft (Basic Crafts) – May not include any crafts included in the above listed classes.

3. If multiple pieces make up the exhibit, a photograph of the complete exhibit should be attached to the exhibit so the total exhibit can properly be displayed.

4. As per State Fair rules, for safety purposes, any craft exhibit that resembles a sword, knife, or look-a-like weapon will be judged but will not be displayed. These projects may be eligible for State Fair entry, if quality merits.

5. All articles entered must be hand made by the exhibitor. 6. Pictures must be ready for hanging with hanger securely attached. Picture

exhibits will drop one ribbon placing if not ready for hanging. Articles done on paper should be framed under glass or Plexiglas. Oil and acrylic paintings done on canvas or canvas board may be framed without glass.

7. It’s advised, when possible, to cover articles with a clear material for protection; however, do not seal as it is necessary for the judges to inspect exhibits closely.

8. Exhibits must be one of a kind or a related unit. Example: hat, scarf, and mittens set; matched pair of candles; pair of pillowcases; set of glasses, etc.

9. Most of the following Arts & Crafts projects do not have their own project manual. For these projects, please refer to the “Pike County Arts and Crafts Guide”, available upon request in the Extension Office or on the Pike County 4-H website, for more information.

27

Project Entry & Judging Information

1. All exhibits will be entered and judged based on grade level. 2. A 4-H member can exhibit in any craft category where the “General Rules for All

Arts & Crafts Exhibits” are followed and individual project requirements are completed.

3. All Arts & Crafts exhibits must have a completed “4-H Craft Information Card” (4-H 618A-W) securely attached to the project. Craft Cards may be downloaded and printed from the Indiana 4-H website or obtained by contacting your club leader or the Extension Office. Craft Information Cards are required for every project entered and judged as an Arts & Crafts project. If a Craft Card is not included, the project shall receive a ribbon placing one rating lower than it would have if it had included a card (e.g. a blue ribbon project will be given a red ribbon).

4. County entry tag must be securely attached and visible. If the exhibit has multiple pieces, each piece of your project must have an entry tag.

5. The judges will not be responsible for judging an exhibit down a ribbon because it was entered in the wrong category or level, or does not conform to project guidelines. It is the responsibility of each 4-H member to enter the project correctly and complete all project requirements.

6. If there are exhibit(s) of champion quality, the judge(s) may select a Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion for each Arts & Crafts category. The judge(s) may also award Division Champion and Reserve Division Champion ribbons for each level of each category, if there are exhibits of champion and reserve champion quality. If there are no champion quality exhibits, there will be no Grand Champion, Reserve Grand Champion, Division Champion, Reserve Division Champion or State Fair designations.

7. Not all champions in the crafts project will go to the State Fair. The number of State Fair craft entries are limited to the following categories (same member cannot enter more than one exhibit in the same State Fair category): Fine Arts – 2 entries; Needlecrafts – 2 entries; Model Crafts – 2 entries; Any Other Crafts – 6 entries, excluding crafts from the other classes. The Arts & Crafts judges will decide which exhibits are selected for State Fair.

Fine Arts

1. Members may exhibit one picture in each of the following subcategories: Acrylics,

Charcoal, Ink, Oils, Pastels, Pencil, and Watercolors. 2. Members may enroll year after year in any Fine Arts category, but exhibit must

show progress in mastering skills from year to year. 3. In all levels, projects are to be painted on canvas, canvas board or paper. Date

and sign the artwork in India ink (or black ink, if India ink cannot readily be obtained). Prepare the picture for hanging, including matting, glass, framing, and hanging fixtures. (Acrylics and oils must have a frame but no mat or glass.) Pictures do not have to be professionally matted and framed.

28

4. Remember: The 4-H project entry tag must be displayed in the lower-right corner of the exhibit. Please allow room on the frame for the tag to be attached without obscuring your work. A Craft Information Card needs to be attached to the exhibit.

5. For further information and exhibit suggestions, please review the Pike County Arts & Crafts Guide.

6. If your exhibit does not meet project requirements for the level that you have entered in, it will be judged on its own merit, and then dropped a ribbon grade by the judge. This will be noted on the comment sheet.

7. The ribbon placing by the judge will be final.

Needlecrafts 1. Members may exhibit one item in each of the following subcategories:

• Candlewicking – a type of needlework that traditionally uses an unbleached cotton thread on a piece of unbleached muslin. The primary stitch used is the Colonial or French knot and other embroidery stitches are used to enhance the design.

• Counted Cross Stitch – a type of needlework in which stitches are worked on even weave fabric using embroidery thread and a blunt needle. The stitches are formed over an exact number of threads which results in a completed design that is very precise and uniform.

• Crewel – a type of embroidery worked traditionally done with wool thread on linen or similar embroidery-type fabric.

• Crochet – a method of making fabric by using a needle with a hook (crochet hook) at the end to form and weave loops in a thread

• Embroidery – a type of needlework in which fabric or other materials are decorated using a needle and thread or yarn and may incorporate other materials to embellish the finished item.

• Knitting – a method of making fabric by using long needles to interlace thread or yarn in a series of connecting loops.

• Needlepoint – a form of counted thread embroidery in which yarn is stitched through a stiff open weave canvas

• Hand Quilting – a type of needlework in which a needle is used to connect three layers of fabric (the quilt top, batting, and backing) in a decorative manner.

• Miscellaneous Needlecraft – cannot include any above-listed category. 2. Each article exhibited must be finished and ready for use. For example,

pillowcases must be hemmed, any picture should be ready for hanging, etc. 3. Members may enroll year after year in any Needlecrafts category, but the exhibit

must show progress in mastering skills from year to year. 4. Remember: A 4-H project entry tag must be attached to each piece of your

exhibit. You must also include a Craft Information Card with the exhibit. 5. For further information and exhibit suggestions, please review the Pike County

Arts & Crafts Guide.

29



Models 1. Members may exhibit one item each year in the Models category and members

may choose from one of the following categories: • Kit (Manufactured) Models, such as airplanes, cars, military models, boats,

trucks, motorcycles, etc. • Non-Kit (Homemade or Original Design) Models, which are small-scale

replicas or imitations of 3-D objects, such as doll houses, wooden carts, match stick structures, etc. Materials used could be made with wood, wax, clay, paper or other suitable material.

2. Note: The following projects will not be accepted in this category: Construction Toys exhibits, die cast models, models that snap together, metal models held together with tabs or screws, and factory painted models.

3. Members may enroll year after year in this category, but exhibit must show progress in mastering skills from year to year.

4. All exhibits must be accompanied by a properly filled out record sheet. If the record sheet is not included with your exhibit, the project will be judged on its own merit, and then dropped a ribbon grade by the judge. This will be noted on the comment sheet.

5. Remember: The 4-H project entry tag must be displayed in the lower-right corner of the exhibit. Please allow room on the frame for the tag to be attached without obscuring your work. A Craft Information Card must also be attached to the exhibit.




Basic Crafts 1. Members may exhibit one item in each of the following subcategories:

• Basket Weaving • Beading • Candlemaking • Ceramics • Decoupage • Fleece Art • General Crafts

• Gift Wrapping • Latch Hook • Leathercraft • Macramé • Paint by Number • Plastic Canvas • Rug Making

• Shadow Box • String or Wire Art • Tin Punch • Tole Painting • Weaving • Wood Crafts

30

2. Each article exhibited must be finished and ready for use. For example, pillowcases must be hemmed, any picture should be ready for hanging, etc.

3. Members may enroll year after year in any Basic Crafts category, but the exhibit must show progress in mastering skills from year to year.

4. Remember: A 4-H project entry tag must be attached to each piece of your exhibit. You must also include a Craft Information Card with the exhibit.




****************************************

Aerospace (Model Rockets) State Fair Project

Note: No "Ready to Fly" or E2X rockets are acceptable in the 4-H Aerospace project. Stage 2 (Grades 3-5) - Project Completion Recommendations: Complete the activities as indicated in the manual. State Exhibit Requirements: Rocket of your choice; Estes Skills Level 1, 2, 3 or comparable difficulty or a poster; display board on any topic in the manual (e.g., construct a paper airplane with a poster board explaining why you designed it the way you did). Stage 3 (Grades 6-8) - Project Completion Recommendations: Complete the activities as indicated in the manual. State Exhibit Requirements: Rocket or other aerodynamic object of your choice; Estes Skills Level 2, 3, 4, or comparable difficulty or poster; display board on any topic in the manual (e.g., glider plane on page 18 with poster explaining design). Stage 4 (Grades 9-12) - Project Completion Recommendations: Complete the activities as indicated in the manual. State Exhibit Requirements: Rocket of your choice; Box kite or other aerodynamic object of your choice which illustrates principles of flight. Note: Rockets must be a skill level 2 or higher or poster, display board on any topic in the manual (e.g., box kite on page 20 with poster explanation)

Aquatic Science County Project

Note: Fish are to be taken home after judging. Pictures of the exhibit will be taken and displayed at the Fair along with the ribbon you receive.

All Divisions - Be sure to include all applicable Aquatic Science record sheets with your fair exhibit. Division I – Care for at least one pair of fish with a simple, appropriate environment (2 fish if unable to sex). If you raise guppies, you will need three fish (2 females and one male). Complete your record sheet. Exhibit your fish and your completed record sheet at Aquatic Science judging. Division II & Above – Work out a planned aquarium program. You may develop your own program or choose from the suggested programs in your manual (pages 15-16). Exhibit a completed record sheet, notebook with program plans, records and results, and fish appropriate to program. Select one of the programs below for your exhibit. Program plans included in the manual:

1. Simple Breeding (short time) – The program is to start breeding records. Exhibit the parents and selected young fish or present what you did and have learned on a poster with photographs.

2. Advanced Breeding (a year or more) – Breed fish for a specific color or conformation trait. Exhibit selected young fish or present what you did and have learned on a poster with photographs.

3. Feed Experiment (short time) – Use 2 groups of fish, one fed with live food, and the other fed with dried types of food. Exhibit some of your fish used in the experiment.

4. Balanced Aquarium (short time) – Set up a near to balanced tank of fish and plants. Exhibit 2 fish of different species and a picture of your tank.

5. Live Food Raising (short time) – Raise live food (white worms, daphnia, brine shrimp, etc.) and exhibit fish fed on live food and sample of live food.

Baking for Fun County Project

Follow the Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013), found at the beginning of “The Scoop”. This project was designed to encourage creativity and baking skills. It is meant to be more flexible than the traditional 4-H Foods project and to emphasize from-scratch baking. This is a FUN project! Be creative and experiment!!! Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) Rules and Requirements 1. THERE IS NO STATE FAIR ENTRY IN THIS PROJECT. 2. 4-H’er may exhibit in only one Baking for Fun category. (One Baking for Fun

exhibit per member per year!)

32

3. Complete exhibits must include the baked product, exhibit label, and complete written recipe.

4. Recipes must be included with the exhibit. You may type or hand-write your recipe on any size card or paper. You may wish to keep your recipes in a recipe file box or start your own cookbook in a journal or three-ring binder. If you exhibit your recipe as a single card or piece of paper, you may cover it with plastic-wrap so that it will not become grease-stained.

5. Baking for Fun exhibits will not be returned to the 4-H’er at the end of the Fair. Please use disposable containers!

6. All Foods exhibits (Baking for Fun, Create-a-Mix and Foods) must follow the Food Safety Rule for Foods Entered into County and Statewide Competitions. For baked product competitions: “Filling, frosting, glazing, pie filling, and meringue whether uncooked or cooked are not permitted to contain cream cheese, whipped cream, unpasteurized milk or eggs/egg whites (pasteurized eggs or eggs cooked to 160°F may be used). No home-canned fruits, vegetables, or meats are permitted in products. Recipes must be provided that show which ingredients were used in each part of the product. Contestants should carefully wash their hands and make sure that their hands do not have any open cuts before preparing foods. Contestants should not prepare ready-to-eat foods to be entered into competition if they are ill with vomiting, diarrhea, fever, sore throat or jaundice. Whenever possible, baked products should be transported and stored in chilled coolers (41°F).”

Labeling Requirements 1. All Baking for Fun exhibits must

include a label with your name, club name, grade, project division and exhibit category. Your tag should look similar to the example at right.

2. Cover your exhibit label with clear plastic wrap so that it will not be grease-stained. Tape this label to the plate, cardboard piece or display container before the product is wrapped.

Preparing Products for Display 1. Most baked products should be displayed on a disposable plate. 2. Pies should be exhibited in a disposable pie plate. 3. Other baked items may be exhibited in disposable baking pans. (Examples:

cobblers, baked desserts.) 4. For cakes, cut a piece of cardboard about ½-inch larger than the bottom of the

cake. Cover the cardboard with waxed paper, plastic wrap or foil before putting the cake on the board.

5. Any other baked product that may be sticky on the bottom (such as fancy breads) should also be displayed on covered cardboard. You may use round, square or rectangular cardboard pieces for these items. Be sure to cover the

Name: Jane Doe Project: Baking For Fun Exhibit Category: Pies form Scratch Club: Happy Hoosiers Grade: 6 Division: 1

33

cardboard with waxed paper, plastic wrap or foil before putting the baked item on it.

6. You may cover your exhibit with plastic food wrap or enclose it in a clear-plastic zip-type food storage bag, if desired.

Exhibit Categories • CAKES FROM SCRATCH – If using a frosting or icing, it must also be made

from scratch. Exhibit whole cake. • COOKIES FROM SCRATCH – includes Brownies, Bar Cookies, Pressed

Cookies, Drop Cookies, or Molded Cookies. Exhibit 12 cookies. • PIES FROM SCRATCH – All pies must be non-perishable. Pie pan will not be

returned. Exhibit whole pie. • QUICK BREADS OR MUFFINS FROM SCRATCH – Exhibit 12 muffins, 1 loaf of

bread, 12 biscuits. • YEAST PRODUCTS FROM SCRATCH – Exhibit 12 yeast rolls or other yeast

product. Exhibit entire product if not rolls. • BREAD MACHINE FROM START TO FINISH – Exhibit whole loaf. • BAKE WITH HONEY – exhibit any item listed above using honey as at least

50% of the sweetener. • FREESTYLE – any baked product that does not fall within the above categories.

Exhibit entire product.

Beekeeping State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the beekeeping project this year. Posters are to be displayed horizontally, sized 22”x28”, mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if you wish. Notes: • There are no age specifications for beekeeping exhibits. • No bee hives may be brought to the State Fair. • Honey water content will be measured. • Fill level: the honey should be filled to the jar shoulder, not over, nor under • Chunk honey should go in a wide-mouth jar, preferably one specially made for

chunk honey (see beekeeping catalogs). • Be careful to distinguish “chunk honey”(comb in jar) from “cut comb” (comb only

in box). • Honey (including chunk, cut comb and comb) must be collected since the

previous county fair.

34

Division I – May Complete 1 to 2 years. For exhibit, Present one of the following topics on a poster, as specified above. 1. Flowers Used to Make Honey – display pressed flowers from 10 different

Indiana plants that bees use for making honey. 2. Uses of honey and beeswax 3. Setting up a bee hive 4. Safe handling of bees

Division II – May complete 1 to 2 years. For exhibit, exhibit one of the following: 1. Extracted honey – two (2) one-pound jars, shown in glass or clear plastic,

screw-top jars holding 1 pound of honey each. 2. Chunk honey (comb in jar) – two (2) one-pound jars (wide-mouth glass or clear

plastic). 3. Cut-comb honey – two (2) one-pound boxes (These are usually 4½x4½-inches

in size). 4. Working with Honey Bees – Present a topic from your manual to teach fair

goers about working with honey bees. Use your knowledge and creativity to display this information on a poster or in a notebook. Posters must follow the guidelines listed above.

Division III – May complete multiple years. For exhibit, exhibit two of the four kinds of honey listed below. 1. Extracted Honey: Two (2) one-pound jars (glass or clear plastic) of extracted

honey. 2. Chunk Honey (comb in jar):Two (2) one-pound jars (wide-mouth, glass or clear

plastic). 3. Cut-Comb Honey: Two (2) one-pound boxes of cut-comb honey. Boxes are

usually 4½x4½-inches in size. 4. Comb Honey: Two (2) sections of comb honey (honey built by bees in frames of

wood commonly called “sections”). Boxes are usually 4½x4½-inches in size). 5. Prepare an educational display about honey bees or beekeeping.

Independent Study – Grades 9-12. For exhibits: • Advanced topic – Learn all you can about a beekeeping topic and present it on

a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, “Advanced Beekeeping – Independent Study.”

• Mentoring – Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, “Advanced Beekeeping – Mentor.”

35

Bicycle County Project

Exhibit Requirements: Read the manual and exhibit a poster on one of the suggested activities. • Level 1 (Grades 3-5): Learn about the bicycle: (1) History; (2) Bicycle fit; (3)

Parts and maintenance; (4) Safety and skills; (5) Hiking and games. • Level 2 (Grades 6-8): Learn about the bicycle: (1) Parts and maintenance; (2)

Safety; (3) Skills; (4) Hiking; (5) Games. • Level 3 (Grades 9-12): Create and report on a bicycle activity you completed. In

a notebook, keep all records, pictures, articles, write-ups, etc. showing what you did to complete your selected activity. Bring your notebook along with the poster for judging.

Cake Decorating State Fair Project

Note: Specific techniques are required for each division classification. Use the number of techniques as listed under the individual division. All cakes exhibited with more advanced techniques than those listed will be scored down. All beginner and intermediate cakes must be on a triple thick (approx. 3/8”) cake board that is 3 inches larger than the cake, covered neatly and well taped underneath (8” cake + 3” = 11” cake board). To support the weight of a real cake, all advanced cakes must be on ½” thick cake drum or stacked cake boards that are 4” larger than the base cake (10” cake + 4” = 14” cake board). The upper tier plate and sizes will vary. Tiered cakes may be exhibited only in the advanced division and must be assembled as if they were real. All exhibits must have a Cake Decorating Exhibit Card attached to the cake board listing the categories and tips used in your exhibit. Cut-up cakes and stacked or tiered cakes must also have a diagram on the card showing how the cake project was assembled (cake sizes, dowel rods, separator plates, etc.). The Cake Decorating Exhibit Cards are available from the 4-H website (www.four-h.purdue.edu) or the Extension Office. Exhibit card 4-H 710Eb-W is for Beginner Level; 4-H 710Ei-W for Intermediate Level, and 4-H 710Ea-W for Advanced Level. Royal icing is not required, but is highly recommended on State Fair exhibits to increase stability while being transported to the fair. Special Note: If cake has been frozen, leave plastic on for 1-2 hours before taking it off and moisture will stay on plastic. All divisions - No gels and no canned icing! Use a cake icing recipe that is in the Cake Decorating Manual. Beginners – Decorate and exhibit one (1) round or square 8”x2”; 8”x3”; 9”x2”; or 9”x3” cake dummy (Styrofoam or foam) or single layer cake, that has at least one

36

http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/


technique from 3 different categories as listed in Categories (a) through (g). (Example-a star top and bottom border with a swirled drop flower with a center and simple leaves.) No character or shaped pans. a. Basic Borders – (a top and bottom border is required.) Dots, Balls, Stars,

Rosettes (not the flower), Shells, or Zigzag. (Each border should be of one color only.)

b. Message – Printed, may use round or star tips. c. Drop Flower with Center – Star drop or Swirl drop (page 27 of WSDC). d. Leaves – Simple and usually attached to flowers. e. Sugar Molds – Simple, one color, no more than two different shapes (one color

per mold). f. Star-filled Pattern – outlining optional. g. Side Decorations – for 2nd year cake decorator and above. Dots or stars only,

one tip only; cannot be combined into shapes, such as flowers, etc. A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Card (4-H 710Eb-W for Beginner Level) is to be attached to each Cake Decorating exhibit for judging. Card is available from the 4-H website or the Extension Office. Complete the exhibit card as it instructs checking the category completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making your exhibit. Intermediates – Decorate and exhibit one of the following: One cake dummy (Styrofoam or foam) or one real cake from the following size options only: Single Layer Options=9”x13”x2”; 9”x13”x3”; 10”x2”; 12”x2” or Double Layer Options=8”x4”; 9”x4”. You may choose to decorate a character pan, or a 3-D cake (made in a two-piece cake pan and exhibited on a cake board, not a cake), or a cut-up cake from either the round, square, rectangles, or heart basic shape(s). You will cut cake(s) into three or more pieces and assemble to form a “new shape” (example: a butterfly). The “new shape” is to be exhibited only on a suitable-thick cake board, not on another cake. The cake board should match or be approximate shape of the finished cake (i.e. heart cakes should be placed on a heart-shaped cake board). Your exhibit must show at least 1 technique from 4 different categories as listed (a) through (i). (Example – figure-piped clown (a) with a written message (e), add a reverse shell top and bottom border (c) and a color-striped (f) clown suit, flower, border, side decoration, or message.) Additional techniques mastered in the Beginners Division may be added. a. Figure Piping – Clowns, People, Animals, etc. b. Flowers (made on a flat surface, not on a flower nail; stem or vine are optional)

– Sweet Peas, Rosebuds, Half Carnation (page 56 of WSDC), Half Roses, and the Rosette Flower, which requires a center (page 30 of WSDC).

c. Borders (Use one tip per border) – Reverse Shells, Grass, Ruffles, Puffs, Zigzag. You may have a different base border than your top border, when using two borders.

37

d. Side Decorations – Only use Scrolls, Reverse Shell, “C” Scroll, Fleur-de-lis, Zigzag Garland or Zigzag Puff using one tip only.

e. Message – Written NOT printed, may use round or star tips. f. Color Striping – Stripe bag with colored icing, gel, or paste food color. g. Transparent/Piping Gel – Use for water or accents. See additional resources for

directions and ideas. h. Sugar Molds – 2 or more colors in same mold; more than one mold design may

be used. i. Other Techniques – May add bows and ribbons in a top design only (i.e. floral

spray, animal or person). A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Card (4-H 710Ei-W for Intermediate Level), is to be attached to each Cake Decorating exhibit for judging. These exhibit cards are available from the 4-H website www.four-h.purdue.edu or your County Extension Office. Complete the exhibit card as it instructs checking the category completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making your exhibit. Note: Character pan decorating, you must adapt the category requirements to the pan design to meet cake decorating requirements. Advanced Level: Decorate and exhibit any cake or cake dummy that is single, tiered, multi-dimensional, sculptured, or a doll mold, using at least one (1) technique from five (5) different categories, three (3) must come from the advanced categories listed (a) through (i); other two may come from previous levels to fulfill advanced level of five techniques. All base cake boards that sit on the table must be 1/2" thick to support the weight of the cake, covered well, taped securely and four (4) inches larger than the cake you put on it (10" cake + 4"= 14"cake board). Assemble all cakes/dummies as though they were a real cake and attach a diagram showing how it was assembled. (i.e. dowel rod placement, proper size plates, etc.) and the five or more techniques used. The overall size of the total exhibit is to be no larger than 36" x 36".

A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 701Ea-W for Advanced Level), is to be attached to each Cake Decorating exhibit for judging along with your assembly diagram. These exhibit sheets are available from the 4-H website www.four-h.purdue.edu or your county Extension office. Complete the exhibit sheet as it instructs checking the category completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making your exhibit.

• Category A: Nail Flower - Daffodils, Violets, Lily, Bluebells, Daises, Chrysanthemums, Roses, Wild Flowers, etc.

• Category B: Fancy Borders - Ruffled Garland and Reverse Shells, Shell and Flute, Puff and Flower, Zigzag Garland and String Work or Other Border Combinations.

• Category C: Design Techniques - Basket Weave, String Work, Lattice Work, Cornelli and other Laces, Wired Flowers and Leaves, etc.

38


• Category D: Color Flow - (also known as run sugar) See page 89 of WSDC for method.

• Category E: Fondant Icings - Try Chocopan or use RTR (Ready-To-Roll) or make your own to cover the cake as icing or to make decoration items.

• Category F: Gum Paste or Sugar Paste - Try ready-made or make your own.

• Category G: Sculptured Cakes - Same or different size layers of cake that are stacked together, then cut and contoured to make one uniform shape such as a turkey or seashell.

• Category H: New and Improved Techniques & Methods Use a new method, such as sugarveil, marzipan, luster dust, brush embroidery, pastillage, airbrushing, painting on fondant, etc. Bring your book, reference source or a photocopy to show the judge the selected new/ improved technique.

• Category I: Chocolate Molding or Candy Clay This is a heat sensitive category that may or may not work for your county Fair.

A Cake Decorating Exhibit Skills Sheet (4-H 701Ea-W for Advanced Level), is to be attached to each Cake Decorating exhibit for judging along with your assembly diagram. These exhibit sheets are available from the 4-H website www.four-h.purdue.edu or your county Extension office. Complete the exhibit sheet as it instructs checking the category completed, circling the skill(s) exhibited and record the tip(s) used in making your exhibit. NOTE: Royal icing is not required, but is highly recommended on State Fair Exhibits to increase stability while being transported to the fair.

Cats State Fair Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) Note: Posters and cats are both exhibited at time of the Cat Show for judging. Purpose: The purpose of the 4-H Cat Project is to provide experience and activities which help young people to: 1. Experience the pleasure and companionship that a healthy, happy cat can

provide. 2. Acquire knowledge of responsibilities of cat ownership. 3. Gain an appreciation of animals and develop a sense of responsibility that

comes from an animal’s dependence on you. 4. Learn about cats by completing activities in Skills Book (your manual).

39

Exhibit one of the following: 1. Do the activities for the Skills for Life Series for Cats. Care for one or more cats

which belong to you on or before May 1. Pictures of the cats and the ribbon they won will be displayed in the 4-H Building during the fair. Exhibit the cat in the Cat Show. Exhibit the completed manual. If 2 cats are exhibited at show, only one activity book needs to be completed.

2. Do the activities for the Skills for Life Series for Cats. Exhibit a 22”x28” (height x width) poster with stiff backing, and covered with clear plastic about cats and your completed manual. Include a 2”x4” label with your name, address, county, club name, project, grade, and division in the lower right corner of the poster. Posters will be judged during the Cat Show.

3. Do the activities for the Skills for Life Series for Cats. Do an action demonstration (see general rule #10 on page 3) and exhibit your completed manual at the time of the Cat Show judging.

Care and Management of Cats 1. You are to bring your Skills Book to show. 2. You will be responsible to maintain and care for the 4-H cat while at the 4-H cat

show during the fair. 3. All 4-H cats must be brought and taken from the show in carriers. Cats on

leashes without carrying cases will not be accepted. Please do not use paper/cardboard boxes as carriers. A plastic laundry basket with a lid makes a secure carrier. Harnesses should not be used because they interfere with judging. A leash and collar may be used, but the judge may ask you to remove them for judging.

4. You are expected to stay in the area with your cats during judging. 5. All 4-H cats must have the claws clipped or be de-clawed. 6. It is recommended that all 4-H cats, other than pedigreed breeding stock, be

neutered or spayed. 7. All 4-H cats must have a valid certification of vaccination (4-H 777, revised

2000). The certification vaccination must be signed by a licensed, accredited veterinarian, and it must be available at check-in. A veterinary check-in must be done before registration and before the 4-H cat may be benched.

8. All 4-H cats must be free of fleas, fungus, ear mites, or other communicable diseases.

9. 4-H cats will be removed from their cages during judging. You will stay and watch your cat being judged, then return the cat to its cage. If a 4-H cat is not on the judging table at the time the class is judged, it will not be judged.

10. You and/or your parent(s) should not speak with the judge unless conversation is initiated by the judge.

11. Cats must be taken home following official release at the end of the 4-H cat show.

12. 4-H cats shall not be left unattended at any time either in the 4-H show ring and/or in an automobile.

40

13. The following websites offer information on caring for your cat and on low cost spaying and neutering: www.felinenet.com and www.alleycat.org

4-H Rules for Cat Exhibitors 1. All 4-H cat show exhibitors must have been enrolled in the 4-H cat project on or

before May 1. 2. It is not necessary for a 4-H cat to have been selected as a county winner to

enter and compete at the State Fair. Any eligible 4-H cat project member may elect to exhibit their 4-H cat in State Fair competition.

3. All 4-H cats and/or kittens must be owned and cared for by May 1. 4-H cats must be shown by the 4-H member. Papers must be displayed at the registration table.

4. A 4-H member may enter and show a maximum of 2 cats in the 4-H show. 5. Cat(s) may be purebred or household pets. 6. Cats do not need to be registered or pedigreed in order to enter the cat show. If

registered, please include the registration numbers on the entry form and bring your registration paper to the fair on show day.

7. Each 4-H exhibitor is responsible for bringing the 4-H cat to and from the show ring. Only 4-H members may show cats at the judging table. A 4-H cat entered but not presented or available will be disqualified.

8. Substitutions of 4-H cats will not be permitted on show day. 9. Pregnant or lactating female cats will not be permitted to show. 10. Each 4-H’er’s cat will be judged on a) health, b) cleanliness (be sure its ears are

clean), c) grooming, and d) personality. If all categories are equal, the judge will choose a winner by its “star quality”.

11. Classes are: Altered male; altered female; male; female; kitten (defined as an animal between 6 weeks to 8 months of age).

Child Development State Fair Project

Here are details for each exhibit option: • Poster: Follow “preparing for fair” poster guidelines. • Binder Notebook: Identification label on front of binder giving name of 4-H

member, club, grade, and year in project. Place title page inside binder naming activity (or activities in Level C & D), pages of activity and explanation to follow title page. Photographs are helpful to show the activity being used or assembled. Optional: Plastic sheet protectors, page decorations, binder cover decoration, etc.

• Display: May be table top or floor style, not to exceed 36”x36”x36”. Display may include item(s) made in the activities you completed this year. Must be self-supporting to be viewed by the public.

41

http://www.alleycat.org/

• Action Demonstration: Your demonstration should last about 3-5 minutes. There are some ideas that would be good for demonstrations in the manual.

Level A (Grades 3 & 4) – Complete at least three activities, each from a different chapter. Within the two year period for each level, you should have completed at least six activities, and at least one activity from each of the five chapters. Choose one of the following to exhibit: 1. Choose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a poster or a binder

notebook (as described above) that shows or tells what you did with this activity. 2. Create a display no larger than 36”x36”x36” (as described above) using one of

the activities from your project manual. Complete an Activity Card and attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40. Use a 5”x8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.

3. Action demonstration. Level B (Grades 5 & 6) – Complete at least three activities, each from a different chapter. Within the two year period for each level, you should have completed at least six activities, and at least one activity from each of the five chapters. Choose one of the following to exhibit: 1. Choose one activity that you completed in this level. Design a poster or a binder

notebook that shows or tells what you did in this activity. 2. Create a display no larger than 36”x36”x36” as described above) using one of

the activities from your project manual. Complete an Activity Card and attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40. Use a 5”x8” index card or larger cardstock to create your card.

3. Action demonstration. Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9) – All 4-H members should complete at least three activities each year, each from a different chapter. Within the three–year period for each level, they should have completed at least nine activities, and at least one activity from each of the five chapters. Choose one of the following to exhibit: 1. Design a 22x28–inch poster based on one of the activities you completed in

your manual or one that promotes physical, emotional or cognitive skills. 2. Display a binder notebook that includes the information from one of the activities

you completed this year. 3. Create a display no larger than 36x36x36–inches using one of the activities from

your project manual or one that promotes physical, emotional or cognitive skills. Complete an Activity Card and attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40. Use a 5x8–inch index card or larger cardstock to create your card.

4. Action Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration for your project completion requirement.

Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12) – All 4-H members should complete at least three activities each year, each from a different chapter. Within the three – year period for

42

each level, they should have completed at least nine activities, and at least one activity from each of the five chapters. Choose one of the following to exhibit. 1. Design a 22x28–inch poster based on one activity you completed in your

manual or one that promotes physical, emotional, or cognitive skills. 2. Display a binder notebook that includes the information based on one of the

activities you completed this year. 3. Create a display no larger than 36x36x36–inches using one of the activities from

your project manual or one that promotes physical, emotional, or cognitive skills. Complete an Activity Card and attach it to the exhibit. A sample Activity Card is on page 40. Use a 5x8–inch index card or larger cardstock to create your card.

4. Action Demonstration – You may present an action demonstration for your project completion requirement.

Collections County Project

1. The Collections project is a continuing project; each year you must add items to

your collection. 2. Choose a collection that is of interest to you and something that you can

continue collecting. All items displayed must be a part of the exhibitor’s personal collection (i.e. not borrowed for the duration of the fair).

1. Select a place in your home to store and display your collections. 2. Show and explain your collection to at least 2 friends. 3. Complete project question sheet and the inventory sheet. 4. Exhibit all or part of your collection at the 4-H Fair.

a. Select a representative sample of your collection and exhibit it attractively and neatly in a box no larger than 18”x24”, or on a poster, or in a notebook. If your collection is too large or valuable to exhibit, a notebook containing photos and description of your collection can be exhibited. Photo quality will not be judged, but pictures should be clear, sharp photos if possible. All photos should be neatly arranged and labeled. Your completed inventory sheet must be in your notebook.

b. Label each item with a label as shown in the manual. c. Attach completed Project Question Sheet & Inventory Sheet to exhibit.

Division I – Follow the above requirements and display 4 to 6 in a box or on a poster. If your collection is small and inexpensive such as baseball cards, and you are displaying them in a notebook, have 4 to 6 pages of cards not just 4 to 6 cards. Division II & Above – Follow the above requirements and display at least 2 more items per year in a box or on a poster. Inexpensive items like baseball cards need at least 2 pages not just 2 cards.

43

Communications County Project

Effective communications drives all aspects of day-to-day life. Youth are to learn about the process of communications, to learn about different modes of communications and to strengthen their own communications skills. As you explore the world of communications and the manuals, you will enjoy learning more about yourself and others. Please notify the Extension Office if you plan to give a demonstration, speech or project-interact to complete your project. Exhibit Requirements Level A (Grades 3-5) Exhibit options are:

1. Poster (standard 4-H poster; see “Poster Pointers” for more information) on a topic from the Level A Communications project manual. One poster exhibited at State Fair per county.

2. Demonstration on a chosen 4-H project topic, two to five minutes in length, given at a 4-H club meeting and/or county contest. No State Fair entry for this option.

3. Speech, two to three minutes in length, given at a 4-H club and/or county contest, on a 4-H topic or state 4-H Public Speaking theme, to be announced in 2012. No State Fair entry for this option.

4. 4-H Project Interact, three to fifteen minutes in length, on a 4-H project topic, where you involve/teach a person your learned project skill in a one-on-one interaction. This learned project skill is repeated as new people approach your table. No limit to the number of entries per county. Be sure to read “Project Interact” in “Tips on Preparing Exhibits”.

Level B (Grades 6-8) Exhibit options are:

1. Poster (standard 4-H poster; see “Poster Pointers” for more information) on a topic from the Level B Communications project manual. One poster exhibited at State Fair per county.

2. Demonstration on a chosen 4-H project topic, five to seven minutes in length, given at a 4-H club meeting and/or county contest. Each county may send up to three per Demonstration category to the Indiana State Fair competition.

3. Speech, three to five minutes in length, given at a 4-H club and/or county contest, on a 4-H topic or state 4-H Public Speaking theme, to be announced in 2012.

4. 4-H Project Interact, three to fifteen minutes in length, on a 4-H project topic, where you involve/teach a person your learned project skill in a one-

44

on-one interaction. This learned project skill is repeated as new people approach your table. No limit to the number of entries per county. Be sure to read “Project Interact” in “Tips on Preparing Exhibits”.

Level C (Grades 9-12) Exhibit options are:

1. Poster (standard 4-H poster; see “Poster Pointers” for more information) on a topic from the Level C Communications project manual. One poster exhibited at State Fair per county.

2. Demonstration on a chosen 4-H project topic, five to ten minutes in length, given at a 4-H club meeting and/or county contest. Each county may send up to three per Demonstration category to the Indiana State Fair competition.

3. Speech, five to seven minutes in length, given at a 4-H club and/or county contest, on a 4-H topic or state 4-H Public Speaking theme, to be announced in 2012.

4. 4-H Project Interact, three to fifteen minutes in length, on a 4-H project topic, where you involve/teach a person your learned project skill in a one-on-one interaction. This learned project skill is repeated as new people approach your table. No limit to the number of entries per county. Be sure to read “Project Interact” in “Tips on Preparing Exhibits”.

Computers State Fair Project

While youth are encouraged to develop programs that can be published either on the web or via CD, publishing the program is NOT a requirement or an expectation. The exhibit topics provide ideas/suggestions for exhibits. Other exhibit topics are acceptable as long as they are comparable in knowledge and skill. Level 1 – Suggested for youth in grades 3 - 5 or open for no more than three years to 4-H members who feel they are capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters - Posters must be 22x28-inches, mounted on stiff backing (foam board,

pegboard or very stiff cardboard) and displayed horizontally and covered with plastic.

• Notebook report (prepare proposal-like report covering the five W's and H: Who, What, Where, When, Why and How). Please include screen shots in the report.

• Action Demonstration: If you choose this option, check with your 4-H leader as to the location and time when your action demonstration will be presented. An action demonstration may be presented on any topic listed above under the topic section or presented below.

45

Note: If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster or notebook report depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair. Suggested Exhibit Topics: • An educational exhibit you could use at school or for a demonstration that

shows one part or several parts of computer equipment. Example: A poster showing the parts of a home computer system, or a poster illustrating the differences in the storage devices used in computers, or a poster showing how CD-ROM works. (Anything educational illustrating computer hardware would be acceptable. If you have questions call your 4-H leader or the Extension Office. )

• A poster showing how computers are used to accomplish different tasks. • A poster showing how a career or occupation has been dramatically changed by

computer technology. • A poster on any topic covered in the manual. • Any exhibit as described in the Level 1 manual.

1. Cards for All Occasions 2. Develop a series of 4 to 6 greeting cards for a variety of holidays or special

occasions. Use clip art, scanned photos, or draw your own pictures. Can use software such as Word, WordPerfect, PrintShop or Publisher.

3. Graphic Illustration 4. Use a software program such as Paint, Paintbrush, Kid Pix Studio, or

CorelDraw, to make your own drawing and print it. Be creative. 5. Computer Presentation 6. Use a presentation software program such as PowerPoint, Kid Pix Studio, or

HyperStudio to design a computer presentation on a topic you enjoy. You can present on your computer or print out overhead transparencies or display prints on a poster.

7. Photograph Series 8. Take a photograph and design a series of 4 to 6 special effects photos. You

can use a morphing software such as MorphMan or Morph Filter software programs such as Adobe Gallery Effects, or

9. Scrapbook or Poster 10. Put together a scrapbook (notebook)or poster on a topic that you have

investigated on the Web. The topic can be anything such as dinosaurs, space, favorite TV stars, music, science fiction characters, sports cars, fun vacation spots, etc. Print off the information you found on the Web and display it in a scrapbook (notebook) or on a poster.

11. Storybook 12. Write a story and illustrate it with pictures. Pictures can be original drawings,

clip art or photos. Put them together in a storybook format. Level 2 (Suggested for 4-H members in grades 6 - 8 or those who feel they are capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project) - There are two curriculum options for Level 2: (1) BU - 08347 "Inside the Box" focuses on hardware

46

and repair & (2) BU - 08348 "Peer-to-Peer" focuses on networking, protocols and security. You can choose either track for 1 year or three years depending on your interest. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters - Posters must be 22x28-inches, mounted on stiff backing (foam board,




Note: If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster or notebook report depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair. Suggested Exhibit Topics: Note: The exhibit topic each year must be different from previous years' exhibit. Areas of emphasis that may be the focus of your exhibit include: 1. Operating System Exhibit (DOS, Windows, OS2, Mac OS, etc.): Create an

educational poster or action demonstration that illustrates what DOS, Windows, OS/2, or Mac OS is and some of its major functions or contrast or compare operating systems.

2. Word Processing Exhibit: Design an educational poster or action demonstration that illustrates the advantages of word processing.

3. Database Or Network Exhibit: (1) Create a database on any database software and illustrate the different ways to manipulate data using the software. (2) Establish a network and diagram the components and flow

4. Spreadsheet Exhibit: Make a simple spreadsheet that uses at least 100 cells. Show how you created it and how you plan to use it. Be sure to mention which software program you used and also submit a removable storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-ROM) containing the template you created.

5. Educational Exhibit: (1) Design an educational exhibit that illustrates at least three educational computer software programs for children or adults (choose one or the other). Show how these programs benefit the user. (2) Illustrate decisions flowchart on whether to repair or replace a system or establish a network security. (3) Prepare a poster that illustrates the importance of computers in the classroom and how school has changed because of computer use.

6. Computer Games Exhibit: (1) Prepare a poster that illustrates how computer games can be beneficial to people. (2) Design an educational exhibit that illustrates how computer games are made, what the market is for them, and how big a business the computer game industry is.

47

7. WWW Homepage: Create a homepage that includes at least three HTM files with appropriate navigational links. The homepage should include both text and graphics.

8. An exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these options. o T-Shirt: Use a design software program such as Print Shop Deluxe or

Publisher to create a T-shirt design using a combination of graphics and text. Use clip art, scanned photos, or draw your own pictures. Print your design and a T-shirt or on a piece of paper.

o Animated Presentation: Use a presentation software program such as PowerPoint, Kid Pix Studio, or HyperStudio, design an animated computer presentation on a topic you enjoy. You can animate text and other objects.

o Magazine: Use a word processing or desktop publishing software (Microsoft Works, Word, PageMaker, Publish It, Print Shop Deluxe, or Claris Works) to create a magazine. The magazine should be at least eight pages and use a combination of graphics and text.

o Photograph Series: Use an imaging program like Adobe Photoshop, Jasc's Paint Shop Pro or Adobe Gallery Effects to create a series of special effects photos. The series of photos should use at least three of the following effects: textures, changing brightness and contrast, filters, magic wand techniques, composite images, cropping, or resizing.

Level 3 (Suggested for 4-H members in grades 9 - 12 or those who feel they are capable of meeting the exhibit requirements of the project). Curriculum resource: BU-08349 "Teens Teaching Tech". Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair • Posters - Posters must be 22x28-inches, mounted on stiff backing (foam board,




Note: If you choose to develop a computer program, a poster or notebook report depicting the program will be necessary for display at the fair. Suggested Exhibit Topics: 1. Desktop Publishing Exhibit: Using desktop publishing software, prepare an

educational poster illustrating what desktop publishing is and how it is used. Also submit a written report detailing the information presented with the poster. The report should also include details of a visit with someone who uses desktop

48

publishing professionally. The completed exhibit should use both graphics and typewritten words to illustrate what desktop publishing is and how it is used.

2. Advanced Spreadsheet Use: Design a spreadsheet template to solve a problem that could help you or someone you know. The template should be created by you, and should use at least 500 cells and at least one macro. Exhibit the completed template on a removable storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-ROM) and include a typewritten user's guide that explains what the template does, a listing of all cells, and step-by-step instructions on how to use the template.

3. Integrated Software Package: Use integrated software (minimum of two software applications) i.e., create a document using a word processor to type the document and import a spreadsheet graph into the word processing document) to create a document. Exhibit the completed document on a removable storage unit (i.e., disk, CD-ROM) and include a written report detailing the information presented with the display.

4. Multimedia Software Package: Use a multimedia software package to produce a computer program that incorporates the features of multimedia. Along with the computer program, prepare an educational display or written report explaining how you developed the program.

5. WWW Homepage: Develop a WWW homepage that incorporate some advanced programming skills such as, but not limited to FLASH, Java or JavaScript.

6. An exhibit that you created that fulfills one of these options: • Multimedia Computer Presentation: Use a presentation software program

such as Microsoft's Power Point, Appleworks, HyperStudio, Kid Pix Studio, The Multimedia Workshop, QuickTime VR Authoring Studio, Lotus Freelance Graphics, Macromedia Director Shockwave Studio, Flash and Fireworks, Asymetric Tool Book, and Final Cut Pro) to design an animated computer presentation on a topic you enjoy. It should contain a minimum of 10 screens and include some graphics, sound and either a video clip or animation.

• Web Site for an Organization: Use a web editor such as Sunburst's Web Workshop, Claris Home Page, Adobe Page Mill, Hot Dog, BB Edit, Microsoft's FrontPage Express, Netscape Composer or using HTML to design a Web site for an organization. It can be your 4-H club, an athletic team, school club, dance group, etc. The site should include a minimum of five different screens and some hyperlinks

• Magazine: Use a word processing or desktop publishing software such as Microsoft Works, Word, PageMaker, Publish It, Print Shop Deluxe, or Claris Works to create a magazine. The magazine should be at least 12 pages and use a combination of graphics and text. Print in color.

• Animated Program: Use an animation program such as Macromedia Director Shockwave Studio, Flash and Fireworks, Asymetric Tool Book, or Final Cut Pro to create an animation program that can be used in a presentation.

49

• GIS Map: Use a geographic information system (GIS) program like Arcview or Esc to make a map of your community. You may use prepared data or make your own. Try to include all the important features that make your community unique.

Construction Toys County Project

The Construction Toys project is designed to encourage the 4-H’er to use his/her imagination and ingenuity in creating an exhibit. This project allows 4-H members to create projects with a variety of items, such as Lego bricks, K-Nex, Construx, Erector, Tinker Toys, Lincoln Logs, Duplo Blocks, craft sticks, etc. There are not a lot of guidelines with this project – which allows you to be creative! Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) Project Guidelines • Enroll by Level. • Projects will be judged according to level, regardless of category. • Exhibit may be of any design. • If you use a kit, the kit directions should be exhibited with the completed model.

(You may wish to place the instruction booklets in a clear plastic bag to help protect them.)

• Exhibit must rest on a sturdy base, which is no more than 36-inches square. • Exhibit must be no taller than 24-inches. • Blocks may be glued together, but this is not mandatory. • Moveable or motorized parts are acceptable in any level, as long as it is age-

appropriate. • Fragile exhibits should have a protective covering. However, the model must be

accessible to the judge. • Members should construct a more advanced project each year. • Exhibits must include a craft card describing the project. You may want to

include the following information on your craft card: o The type of construction toy you used for your display. Include the name

of kit if you used a kit. o The process used in completion (what you did to complete the exhibit) o How many hours you spent working on the project. o Approximate cost (please do not include receipts) o Intended use of the completed project o What you learned through completing the exhibit

• The 4-H member must transport his/her own exhibit to the designated display area and set it up. The Extension Office will not be responsible for transporting

50

projects to and from the fairgrounds. Therefore, we will not accept early entry of Construction Toys projects!

• Remember that the exhibit must be transported and moved to display area. Consider how well your project holds/stays together.

• Exhibits will be judged based on Creativity, Construction Techniques, Soundess/Sturdiness, Balance and Overall Design.

Project Suggestions & Ideas To Get You Started These are suggestions – not requirements! You can be as creative as your personal skills allow. • Level A: Kits are recommended. Construct a character (such as an animal,

person or statue), structure or scene. • Level B: Work on your creativity. Design your own model. A kit is not

recommended. Construct a structure, scene or some form of transportation (car, plane, etc.)

• Level C: Try using moveable or motorized part(s). Construct a tractor on a farm, a space shuttle with lunar module, windmill and house, etc.

Consumer Clothing State Fair Project

Note: All Consumer Clothing project members are required to participate in the County Fashion Revue. It is usually the week before the Fair. Beginner (Grades 3-5) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your results or

answers in a notebook. Label each activity. 2. Purchase an item of clothing that you’ll wear with other clothes in your

wardrobe. Examples: slacks, blouse, jeans, shirt, sweater, or sweatshirt. Choose an accessory to go with your purchase. Examples: shoes, sweatband, belt, jewelry, or socks.

3. Model your clothing for Fashion Revue. 4. Bring your notebook to Fashion Revue. Intermediate (Grades 6-8) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your answers in a

notebook. Label each activity. 2. Purchase and accessorize a casual or school outfit. You may purchase

accessories or select from items you already own. 3. Model your outfit for Fashion Revue. 4. Bring your notebook to Fashion Revue. Advanced (Grades 9-12) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete one activity from each group in the manual. Write your answers in a

notebook. Label each activity. 51

2. Choose an outfit and accessorize it. You may purchase or select from items you already own.

3. Model your outfit for Fashion Revue. 4. Bring your notebook to Fashion Revue.

Consumer Savvy County Project

All Consumer Savvy exhibits will be judged on the following basis: • Completion of “Consumer” activities, 40% • Goal setting, 10% • Notebook (Neatness, “Savvy Challenge” answers, and completed record book),

50% Level 1 (Grades 3-5) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete five (5) “Consumer in Me” activities. 2. Select two (2) “Savvy Challenges” and write your answers in sentences. 3. Set one (1) goal for the project. 4. Exhibit a notebook that includes your project record book with completed

“Consumer in Me” activities and “Savvy Challenges” answers. Level 2 (Grades 6-8) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete six (6) “Consumer Roadmap” activities. 2. Select three (3) “Savvy Challenges” and write your answers in sentences. 3. Set two (2) goals for the project. 4. Exhibit a notebook that includes your project record book with completed

“Consumer Roadmap” activities and “Savvy Challenges” answers. Level 3 (Grades 9-12) – Exhibit the following: 1. Complete seven (7) “Consumer Wise” activities. 2. Select four (4) “Savvy Challenges” and write your answers in sentences. 3. Set three (3) goals for the project. 4. Exhibit a notebook that includes your project record book with completed

“Consumer Wise” activities and “Savvy Challenges” answers.

Corn County Project

Note: May stay in each level more than one year using different options each year. Beginner Level – (suggested for grades 3 & 4) – Exhibit one of the following: 1. Title – “The Parts of a Corn Plant.” Display a full-grown corn plant (including

roots) with the following: a. Carefully wash the soil from the roots.

52

b. On a 3”x5” card, print the following plant parts and attach card where it’s located on the corn plant: (1) brace roots; (2) ear; (3) husk leaves; (4) internode; (5) node; (6) leaf blade; (7) leaf sheath; (8) ligule; (9) permanent roots; (10) seminal roots; (11) silks; (12) tassel.

2. Title – “Identifying Some Pest of Corn.” On each of 2 (3”x5”) cards, put a picture of a corn insect (or the actual bug), its name, and the plant part it attacks. Do the same for 2 corn diseases. Then on a full-grown corn plant that you’ve prepared for exhibiting, attach the 4 cards to the specific plant parts affected by those insects and diseases.

3. Title – “Effects of Planting Depth on Corn Growth.” Exhibit 4 containers of growing corn that were seeded at the same time but at 1-inch, 2-inch, 3-inch, and 4-inch depths, with a record of your observations displayed on an 8½”x11” card.

Intermediate Level – (suggested for grades 5-7) – Exhibit one of the following: (A display must not be larger than 3’x5’. You cannot exhibit the same activity twice.) 1. “My Own Corn Germination Test.” Starting 2 weeks before the fair, do for the

first time or repeat Activity 8 in which you run a corn germination test for one of the hybrids you planted. Display your germinated seed with a card showing: a. The germination percentage that was listed on the seed corn tag. b. The germination percentage resulting from your test and how you figured it.

Step D of Activity 8 teaches you how to figure the percentage. 2. “Effects of Weed Competition on Corn Growth.” Starting 4 weeks before the fair,

do for the first time or repeat Activity 11 where you grow corn in containers under 3 levels of weed control - continuously weeded, once weeded, and never weeded. Display the 3 containers with a card on which you recorded average plant height, number of leaves, leaf color, and any other observations of the corn in each container at the end of week 4 only (don’t pull up the plants to measure root length until after exhibiting at the fair).

3. “Know How to Read Pesticide Labels” (see Activity 13). Select a weed, insect, or disease control chemical that is approved for use on corn, read the 12 parts of the pesticide label as discussed on page 22 of the manual, and write down the information from each part as outlined in Step B of Activity 13. Then make a display that includes: a. The pesticide container (empty and thoroughly cleaned) with label

attached, highlighting with a red marker everything on that label that has to do with safety.

b. The information you recorded for the 12 label parts. c. Pictures, drawings, or actual specimens of at least 2 of the weeds, insects,

or diseases that the chemical helps control. 4. “Making the Farmstead Safe.” From the 40-item farm safety checklist in Activity

16, find 4 problems that need correcting. Take a picture or series of pictures of each problem before it was corrected and again after it was corrected. Display your photographs with brief explanations of the specific hazards under the

53

“before” pictures, and how and when they were corrected under the “after” pictures.

5. “The Role of Corn in Other Foods.” In your kitchen or at the grocery store, find 4 food items, each of which contains a different type of corn or corn product as an ingredient. Display those 4 food items with a card naming the corn product contained and briefly explaining the role it plays as an ingredient.

Advanced Level – (suggested for grades 8-12) – Exhibit one of the following using your imagination to make an attractive display within a maximum space of 3’x5’. You cannot exhibit the same activity twice. 1. “Plant Nutrient Deficiencies” (see Activity 1). Beginning 4 weeks before the fair,

follow the steps as listed in Activity 1 for comparative plant growth. Display your grown plants labeling the soil used in each pot along with your completed observation chart (enlarged). Label the nutrient deficiency symptom, if any, on the appropriate plant(s), describing what you saw that made you feel this was the deficiency.

2. “Fertilizer Nutrient Calculations” (see Activity 3). Display an enlarged chart (part B) showing the information on 6 fertilizers you investigated. Display the label from the analysis you chose for your field and explain why it was chosen. Then in the rest of your display, show your answers to question C (2) of Activity 3.

3. “Fertilizer Cost Comparison” (see Activity 5). In a chart display form, show your calculations on 3 different combinations of fertilizer mixtures and the cost of each. Use the cost figures given in Activity 5 or actual costs you obtain from your fertilizer dealer. Explain which combination and form (bag, bulk, or liquid) you would choose and why.

4. “My 4-H Corn Project Field’s Erosion Rate” (see Activity 6). In exhibiting how you figured soil loss for your corn project field, display the soil survey map for this field in chart form, list the different soil types and approximate acres of each, display your calculations for parts C, D, and E from Activity 6, and provide other information you learned that your neighbors might be interested in knowing.

5. “Best Tillage-Planting System for My 4-H Corn Project Field” (see Activity 7). Display the county soil-survey map of your corn project field, along with an enlarged version of your “4-H Corn Project Field Tillage-Planting System Adaptability Rating Worksheet.” Also, display your answers to Part G of Activity 7.4.

6. “Cross-, Self-, and Open-pollination Experiment” (see Activity 8). Display ears of corn by color as explained by chart in Part B of Activity 8. Be sure in your display to list the information asked for in Part A. List any interesting problems (and how you solved them) or observations you made while conducting this experiment.

7. “My Corn Performance Trial Results” (see Activity 9). This display will have to be from your trial last year, since one from the current year would not be complete. Enlarge and display your informational charts from Parts A and B in

54

Activity 9. List any problems (and how you solved them) or interesting observations you made while conducting this performance trial.

8. “Last Safe Planting Date for Corn Hybrids” (see Activity 10). In an attractive, readable display, list all applicable charts needed to figure the last safe planting dates for dent corn hybrids. Identify 3 different hybrids (one from each maturity group: early-, mid-, or late-season), and show how you calculated the last safe planting date for each. Also, list the advantages for growing both.

Creative Writing County Project

Exhibit your “Creative Writing” in one of the 3 categories below: 1. Prose is a story (fiction or nonfiction), autobiography, essay, journal entry, or

any other prose piece. 2. Poetry is a poem of any length or style. 3. Children’s Story is a story written specifically for young children including

illustrations. General Guidelines: 1. Enroll in this project by grade level: Beginner (Grades 3-5); Intermediate

(Grades 6-8); or Advanced (Grades 9-12) 2. Only one entry or exhibit is required to complete the Creative Writing project.

However, you may choose to have an entry in each of the 3 categories. 3. All entries are to be handwritten neatly in ink or typed. Typed entries should be

double-spaced. Illustrations are not required for Poetry and Prose entries but are permitted to enhance your entry.

4. Children’s stories must include illustrations. (See Section VIII of the manual for suggestions.)

5. All entries must have been written since the previous year’s County Fair. Work that has been judged in any other writing contest is ineligible for 4-H competition. All entries must be the exclusive work of you. No group projects or collaborations should be submitted for judging.

6. Each entry is to have a title page with the following information: Title, Author, Date, Project Category, Grade, and Club name. (See example title page in Section IX of the manual.

7. Each entry is to be bound to keep it neat and clean during judging and display at the fair. Use any type of three-pronged folder or school report cover available at most department stores. You may decorate the cover, or use a report binder with a plastic front so your title page shows through.

8. Neatness counts. Be sure your project is clean, neat, and organized. 9. If you did any research, cite your sources! Failure to do so is considered

plagiarism. 10. Use any tools available to you to present your exhibit in the best possible way.

However, don’t neglect the most important part of this project - “Creative Writing.” The development of your subject into a poem or story, the creative way

55

you express yourself, and the proper grammatical use of words are more important to the judge than computer printing and expensive laminated bindings. Make sure you concentrate on the project before the presentation of it. (See a copy of the judges score sheet in Section XIII of the manual.)

11. Double check the order of the paper in your binder: (a) Title page – required; (b) Description of poetry form – optional for poetry projects only; (c) Your writing project – required; (d) Bibliography – give credit to sources only if you researched; (e) Author’s page – optional, permitted for all 3 categories.

12. Also complete the Record Sheet in your project manual and include it with your project.

Dog Obedience Poster State Fair Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) In All Levels: Complete activities in the project manual and the record sheet. Exhibit a 22” x 28” educational poster, displayed horizontally with a stiff backing and a clear protective covering (see “Poster Pointers” on pages 21-23 of The Scoop for further information). Exhibit suggestions are listed in your manual. All 4-H’ers are encouraged to seed assistance from the county Extension Office, the internet and the public library. Posters will be judged with all other project posters/exhibits.

Electric State Fair Project

All Electric exhibits will be judged based on grade, rather than project tenure. The 4-H electricity/electronics program provides youth with educational information about electricity and how it can be used to benefit the human race. The electricity/electronics program develops project skills (i.e., safe practices, proper use of fuses and circuit breakers, proper lighting techniques, proper wiring techniques) and life skills (i.e., decision-making, using science and technology, developing communication skills). These fun-filled, hands-on learning experiences are provided under the direction of caring adults. Project Requirements Grade 3

• Make and exhibit a circuit board, using kit purchased from the Extension Office, labeled parallel or series circuit.

• Conduct a Hazard Hunt • Complete your record. • Note “What I Have Done and Learned” is required for county only.

56

Grade 4

• Make and exhibit one of the following: (1) a magnetic powered flashlight, using kit purchased from the Extension Office or (2) a poster, following “The Scoop” poster requirements, on one of the topics described in the manual.

• Complete your record. Grade 5:

• Make and exhibit one of the following: o Build an extension cord using all new parts o Build and incandescent trouble light using all new parts o Build a fluorescent trouble light using all new parts o Repair an extension cord or trouble light by replacing the cord, plug,

connector body or socket handle with new part(s) o Create a poster, following “The Scoop” poster requirements, about

one of the following topics: Wire size Wire type Current carrying capacity The parts of an extension cord or trouble light An important safety-related topic Any topic covered in the Division III manual

• Complete your record. Grade 6

• Make and exhibit one of the following: o A made or remade lamp o A display board on any topic covered in the manual o A poster, following “The Scoop” poster requirements, on any topic

covered in the manual. • Complete the activities presented in the manual • Complete your record

Grades 7 & Above

• Select one of the following areas of study: o Heating and cooling o Lighting o Electronics o Power o Consumer Buying o Better Methods – Electrically o Careers

• Make and exhibit one of the following:

57

o One article you have made. Include a card or note explaining the use of the article, the purpose of building it and the cost of the project with your exhibit.

o A written report, chart or diagram that describes your project, as listed in the project manual

o One article or unit of electronic equipment. Include a card or note explaining the use of the article, the purpose of building it and the cost of the project with your exhibit.

Entomology State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the entomology project this year. Follow the "Notes" under each section (Insect Collection and Poster). Important Notes: • Reference one of the following: 4-H 764, How to Study, Collect, Preserve and

Identify Insects or How to Make an Awesome Insect Collection, ID-401 (available online, at the Indiana 4-H website or through The Education Store).

• Titles: o Collection – Insect Collection, Grade X (where X = your grade in school) o Poster – Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in

school, and use that topic for your exhibit title. • Orders: Use the orders listed in the reference material (above), which are found

on page 57 in ID-401 and the Table of Contents in 4-H-764. • Display: Collect, mount (pins or vials), and identify insects personally collected in

the U.S. only. Display your best specimens in an 18 x 24 inch box(es), orientated horizontally. When multiple boxes are used: list the box order (i.e. "box 1 of 3 boxes") and include your name in each box. Cards A-F (for grades 3-8) are to be placed inside the display box in an attractive manner. ID 401-I cards, (for grades 9-12), should be placed in the lower right hand corner of box #1.

• Identification: Collection display boxes are expected to contain the specified number of insects, families, and orders specified (see chart below). All insects must be in the adult stage and be properly mounted on insect pins or be contained in vials as directed.

• Pin Labels: Each pin or vial must contain two labels: 1) Top label is to include collection date, location, and collector name. 2) Bottom label is to include common name and other optional identification data

• Box Labels: Box labels (computer generated or neatly printed) are used for orders and families as required (see chart below) and are to be placed flat against the bottom of the box. Insects must be properly grouped directly under the correct order and family box label. For example, all insects belonging to a particular order must be placed under that order label. Orders to be used are listed in the reference book ID- 401. If family level identification is required, the insects should be further grouped together under that family label.

58

• Educational Box: One additional box (educational), based on the specific theme (see chart below), is required for grades 9-12, in addition to the insect collection boxes. This box can be created in any manner chosen (without the mounting, pinning or identifying restrictions specified above).

Insect Collection Option for Grades 3-12: For each grade, display the following: • Grade 3: 10 insects, identified and pinned on cards(ID 401A). Maximum # of

Collection Boxes: 1. • Grade 4: 20 insects, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common

name and identify five (5) to order. Include card ID 401B. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 1.

• Grade 5: 30 insects, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and identify 15 to order. Include ID 401C. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 1.

• Grade 6: 40 insects, exhibit a minimum of 6 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. Include ID 401D. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 2.

• Grade 7: 50 insects, exhibit a minimum of 8 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. Identify ten (10) to family. Include card ID 401E. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 2.

• Grade 8: 60 insects, exhibit a minimum of 10 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name and order. Identify 30 to family. Include card ID 401F. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 2.

• Grade 9: 70 insects, exhibit a minimum of 12 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family. One educational box, theme: insect behavior. Include card ID 401I.(1-3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box*). Place ID 401I in first collection box only. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 3.

• Grade 10: 80 insects, exhibit a minimum of 14 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family. One educational box, theme: insect pest management. Include card ID 401I. (1-3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box*). Place ID 401I in first collection box only. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 3.

• Grade 11: 90 insects, exhibit a minimum of 16 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family. One educational box, theme: insects in the environment. Include card ID 401I. ((1-3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box*). Place ID 401I in first collection box only. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 3.

• Grade 12: 100 insects, exhibit a minimum of 18 orders, mounted (pins or vials). Identify all insects by common name, order, and family. One educational box, theme: benefits of insects. Include card ID 401I. (1-3 collection boxes plus 1 educational box*). Place ID 401I in first collection box only. Maximum # of Collection Boxes: 3.

59

*Educational box – The educational box (grades 9 - 12) is in addition to the insect display box(es). This box should be created in such a way as to teach something about the assigned theme to the general public. Poster Option - Posters must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28", mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if you wish. Entomology Level 1 Posters: Display a poster based on the following activities: • Big Mouth Bugs – Show the four (4) different mouth types that you studied.

Create a chart listing the four mouth types, an insect with this mouth type, food they eat, and where these insects might be found.

• Pit Stop – Make two pit traps and use them to collect insects. Exhibit your completed record sheet. You can use the format given for your data collection, or make your own. Include some of the insects, or pictures of your trap and insects collected.

• Buz-z-zing Around – Present three to five ways that insects communicate. Include an insect, or picture of each insect that communicates in each of the ways you are describing.

• FACETnating! – Show how insects see (compound eyes) and explain how they see colors.

• Ants and Uncles – Compare insects with their non-insect relatives by completing the chart in your book (copy or make your own). Include some of the insects and their non-insect relatives, or pictures of them, on your poster.

• Chirp, Chirp – Watch and listen to the crickets for five minutes, three times a day, for three days. Include day and night observations. Record what you see and hear.

Entomology Level 2 Posters: Display a poster based on the following activities: • Collecting Insects – Use two of the insect collecting traps described in Activity 2

(Berlese Funnel, Indoor Insect Trap), Activity 3 (Modified Wilkinson Trap), Activity 4 (Fruit Bait), or Activity 5 (Light Attractor) to collect insects. Exhibit a picture of your traps and an Insect Collection Data Chart that gives the trap location (for example, in the basement or in the back yard), date collected, and insects collected.

• Spread Your Wings and Fly – Make and use a spreading board. Exhibit two pictures of your spreading board and three butterflies or moths that you prepared using your board.

• Insect Experiments – Complete one of the following activities: Activity 8 (Color My World), Activity 9 (Sowbug Investigations), or Activity 10 (Life's Stages). Exhibit your data sheet and answers to the "Talk It Over" questions. For activities 8 and 9 include your hypothesis and a conclusive statement about your hypothesis (indicate if it was proved or disproved).

60

• Invasive Species Investigations – Create an informational exhibit about one (Indiana) invasive insect. Include the information requested in the activity for this insect [first eight (8) questions on page 29].

• A Sticky Situation –Make and use sticky traps for four weeks as described in Activity 13. Exhibit your data sheet and the answers to "Talk It Over" questions.

• Footprint Clues – Study the tracks of 3 different species of insect and one arthropod as described in Activity 14. Exhibit your data sheet and the answers to "Talk It Over" questions.

Entomology Level 3 Posters: Display a poster based on the following activities: • The Scientific Method - Use the scientific method to complete one of the

problems listed in Activity 3. Describe what you did to complete the five scientific method steps and include your data and drawings or pictures of your experiment.

• Transecting for Insects - Compare three habitats using the scientific method to determine which one has the most terrestrial insect activity. Display your transect data sheet for each habitat and answer the "Talk It Over" questions.

• Please Drop In – Create your own hypothesis and collect insects in five pitfall traps to prove or disprove your hypothesis, as described in Activity 7. Display how you completed your experiment (including each step in the scientific method) and your data for each habitat.

• Aliens Among Us – Complete the "Natives vs Non-natives Survey Data Sheet" by checking two boxes (Native or non-native and damage or no damage) for five native and five non-native insects as shown in Activity 9. Answer the "Talk It Over" questions.

• IMP – Learning and Teaching - Make an informational flier and use it to teach younger 4-H members about five insect pests that might be found in a home or school in your county. Exhibit your flier, lesson plan, and photograph of you teaching. Answer the "Talk It Over" questions.

• Meal from a Worm – Use the scientific method to study how mealworm larvae grow. Include your hypothesis, data charts, and conclusions. Answer the "Talk It Over" questions.

Entomology Independent Study (Grades 9-12) : Exhibit Options - • Advanced Topic - • Advanced topic - Learn all you can about a topic of your

choice and present it on a poster or in an Entomology box. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Entomology - Independent Study"

• Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Entomology - Mentor".

61

Farm Scenes County Project

Members are to create realistic toy dioramas from custom-built or manufactured farm toys. There are many different artistic abilities one can use in building a farm toy display. Modeling is very personal and involves much imagination. All Levels: • Exhibits will be judged by the following criteria:

o Meets project rules and requirements o Artistic arrangement of exhibit o Detail of exhibit o Realistic setting of display o Neatness

• Foundation Requirements - Foundation boards must be made of rigid wood, such as plywood. The board may be flat or contoured. Backdrops are optional for each level. Base sizes for each level are noted below. Items must not exceed edges of the base.

• Size Requirements – See each level for appropriate width/depth sizes. Due to space and display limitations, we need to limit the size of backdrops. If you choose to use a backdrop, it can only be 10 ½ inches or less.

• Scale Requirements - In all levels the member must use the same scale throughout the display, e.g. 1/64, 1/32, or 1/16 scale toys.

• Labeling Requirements – Attach a 2”x4” label to the lower right corner of the display’s base. Label must include your name, club, grade, project and level.

• Be certain that all pieces of your display are very securely mounted to the base. • Remember these items will be on display to the public. Effort is made to watch

them, but, it is suggested that you NOT display valuable items. You may want to provide a non-breakable see-through covering for your exhibit.

Level A (Grades 3 & 4): Exhibit a farm scene display 24" x 24". This level will be limited to field tilling (toy plows, disks, or planting). Roads, lanes, trees, fence rows, and back drop may be used to set off field or fields. You may use up to two buildings. No animals or harvesting/haymaking. Prepare a different exhibit each year. Level B (Grades 5 & 6): Exhibit a farm scene display 24" x 36". This level will be limited to any type of field work (tilling or crop harvesting). Animals may be incorporated into the scene along with buildings, fence lines, roads, lanes, streams, trees, railroads, or an optional backdrop. Prepare a different exhibit each year. Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9): Exhibit a farm scene display 36" x 36". This level is open to create any type of farm scene. Displays can include buildings, livestock, animals, fieldwork, harvesting, etc. and may include an optional backdrop. Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12): Exhibit an agricultural display of things other than a farmstead or farm tillage. Displays are to be a minimum of 24" x 24" to a maximum of 36" x 36”. Display may include an additional backdrop. Some examples include, but

62

are not limited to, livestock auctions, farm auctions, implement dealerships, agricultural educational events, agricultural field events, etc. Prepare a different exhibit each year.

Fashion Revue State Fair Project

Note: The garment that is worn in the Fashion Revue at State Fair must be the same garment that is exhibited at the county 4-H Fair. All Consumer Clothing project members are required to participate in the County Fashion Revue. It is usually the week before the Fair. Sewing will be judged at the Fashion Revue - even if you do not participate in Fashion Revue. • Definition of an Outfit: An outfit is a garment or garments that when put together

make a complete look - such as 1- or 2-piece dress, 1- or 2-piece pant suit, or a 3-piece combination, such as pants, vest, and blouse or shirt.

• Informal or Casual Wear: A complete outfit of 1 or 2 pieces suitable for school, weekend, or casual, informal activities.

• Dress Up: This is suitable for special, church, or social occasions that are not considered to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces with or without its own costume coat or jacket (lined or unlined). This is not an outfit that would be worn to school, weekend, or casual, informal activities.

• Free Choice: A complete outfit comprised of garments that do not fit in the other classifications. Examples include: tennis wear, swim wear, athletic or sportswear, lounge wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical, or international costumes, capes, and unlined coats.

• Suit or Coat: The suit consists of 2 pieces including a skirt or pants and its own lined jacket. It is not a dress with a jacket as in “dress up wear.” The coat is a separate lined coat. It will be judged separately as a coat with its own accessories.

• Separates: Consists of 3 garments that must be worn as a coordinated complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough to be worn with other garments.

• Formal Wear: This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for any formal occasion, such as proms, weddings, and formal evening functions.

Floriculture State Fair Project

Entries per exhibitor: Counties may choose to allow one (1) arrangement type or one (1) poster/notebook type exhibit per exhibitor (exhibitors are not required to do both). Each exhibitor may also choose to do a demonstration in addition to an arrangement and/or notebook/poster. Note to youth exhibitors: Each Level (A, B, C, D) of the Floriculture project serves more than one grade. You should do a DIFFERENT activity and exhibit each year

63

that you are in the project. For example, if in 3rd grade you display a simple bud vase (category 1), in 4th grade you should choose a poster/notebook option or flower/plant exhibit from categories 2,3 or 4. You should pay special attention to size guidelines for Flower and Plant Exhibits. Instructions for exhibits and related activities can be found in the 4-H Floriculture student manuals and Floriculture Supplement CD (CD-4-H-989). Notebook Guidelines • Needs to be a sturdy 3 ring binder (with stiff covers) or a bound type notebook

(with stiff covers). No report covers or similar styles. • Make sure the notebook accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the

activities in the manual. • Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted. • Materials included in the notebook need to be educational, both for the youth

and the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on web, in library, etc) and/or activities to create the notebook.

• Work should include references where appropriate. • Pictures, graphics, and artwork are encouraged.

Poster Guidelines • Dimensions = 22" x 28" displayed horizontally with stiff backing and must be

covered with clear plastic • Identification included in the lower right corner (name, grade, county). • Poster should "tell a story" or be informative to the audience. Will the viewer of

your poster learn something from the exhibit? • When designing your poster you should consider: lines, shapes, textures, colors

and placement of items. • Pictures, graphics and artwork are encouraged. • Make sure the poster accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the

activities in the manual. • Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted. • Materials included in the poster need to be educational, both for the youth and

the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on web, in library, etc.) and/or activities to create the poster.

Level A (Grades 3 & 4): Flower and Exhibit Categories 1. Create flower arrangement in a simple bud vase, provide your own vase, from

cut flowers you grew in your garden. Vase must be no more than 9 inches tall by 3 inches wide, neck opening of vase not to exceed 1.5 inches and be clear or white only. Include 1-3 stems of a main flower, along with appropriate amount of filler flower and greenery.

2. Create flower arrangement in a simple bud vase, provide your own vase, from fresh flowers you purchased. Vase must be no more than 9 inches tall by 3 inches wide, neck opening of vase not to exceed 1.5 inches and be clear or

64

white only. Include 1-3 stems of a main flower, along with appropriate amount of filler flower and greenery. Flowers should be in their natural state, and not wired for display.

3. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster of flowers) with fresh flowers you purchased. Including the vase or container, it must be no larger than 12"x 12".

4. Create a simple round arrangement (small, compact round cluster of flowers) with fresh flowers you grew. Including the vase or container, it must be no larger than 12"x 12".

Level A (Grades 3 & 4): Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following topics: 1. Chronicle your work in your flower garden (planning, planting, care, harvest,

arrangement made with your flowers) 2. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including how you chose

the kinds of flowers. 3. Explain how you harvested your flowers, cared for them, and used them in an

arrangement. 4. Explore and explain: pollination - what it is, why important, different ways it

occurs or transplanting - what, how, things to watch out for; or role of insects with flowers (good, bad or both).

5. Explore and explain seed germination or how to care for a 'sick' plant 6. Report on interview with a professional (what do they do, types of jobs, type of

training, hours worked, etc.) 7. Describe an experiment you did and the results 8. Describe a community service project you did related to your flowers project

Level A (Grades 3 & 4): Demonstration – Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above. Level B (Grades 5 & 6): Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories 1. Display a mixed planter that may include herbs with foliage plants and/or

flowering plants. The planter should include 3 or more kinds of plants and have been planted at least two months before the fair. The container exhibit space must not exceed 18"x 18" (height will be variable). Must include 4-H 967c "Level B Plant Record" chronicling the care of your plant.

2. Make an item with dried herbs or dried flowers that you grew yourself. Examples of items to exhibit are, but not limited to, a dried flower product, or a simple dried arrangement in a container. (Exhibit not exceed 18"x18".)

3. Display one house plant (foliage and/or flowering) in a container not to exceed 10 inches in diameter. There must be only one specimen plant per pot. A flowering plant may be of any color with single or double flowers. Must include 4-H 967c "Level B Plant Record" chronicling the care of your plant.

Level B (Grades 5 & 6): Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following topics:

65

1. Report how you harvested your flowers and/or herbs, cared for them, dried them, and used them.

2. Explore and explain: insects and your flowers and/or herbs 3. Explore and explain: starting seeds indoors – the process and pros and cons 4. Explore and explain: perennials – what are they, how are they used, benefits or

drawbacks 5. Investigate and describe: a butterfly garden – what types of plants, benefits to

insects and butterflies, etc. 6. Describe how you planned or designed your garden, including how you chose

the kinds of plants, any problems, successes 7. Describe your houseplant - how you cared for, transplanted to larger pot, any

problems, or successes 8. Explore and explain: plant biology – form and function, growth, photosynthesis,

etc. 9. Explore and explain: how to grow plants indoors – things to consider, common

problems and solutions 10. Explore and explain: environmental effects related to plants (such as light,

water, soil, or temperature) 11. Describe an experiment you did and the results 12. Explore and explain topics from "Imagine That" – plants around the world,

information about different cultural uses of plants, different ways you used your plants/herbs/flowers.

Level B (Grades 5 & 6): Demonstration: Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9): Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories 1. Display a terrarium. Size of the terrarium should be appropriate for use on a

table at home, and no larger than 12" deep, 18" long and 16" high. Must have a cover while on exhibit. See activity information for design.

2. Combination or European planter: Exhibit a container of plants (3 or more kinds of plants) that you have planted and cared for a minimum of 2 months. See activity for information on plants and design. The container should not exceed exhibit space of 18" x 18" (height will be variable).

3. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from only fresh flowers. Corsages should contain 3 or more blooms. NO artificial flowers or greenery should be used in this category. Bows and decorative items are okay.

4. Create one (1) corsage or two (2) boutonnieres made from silk or other artificial flowers and greenery. Can be created with mixed fresh and artificial materials, or all artificial. Bows and decorative items are okay

5. A dried arrangement in a container or a specialty item (such as, but not limited to, a wreath or swag) made with dried flowers and dried plant materials. NO artificial flowers/plant material should be included. Bows and decorative items are okay. Maximum size 24" x 24", height will be variable.

66

6. Create a flower arrangement using either roses or lilies as the primary component of the arrangement. Arrangement should be made with all fresh materials (NO artificial, flowers/plant material). Bows and decorative items are okay. The exhibit must not exceed 18" x 18" (height will be variable).

Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9): Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any one (1) of the following topics: 1. Explore and explain: vegetative propagation – how to, different types, problems

and solutions, different uses of 2. Explore and explain: plant nutrients – what are they, why does the plant need

them, what happens if the plant has too much or too little, planters or containers vs. garden.

3. Investigate the design of multiple plant containers – how to, things to considers, selecting plant materials, uses of

4. Describe how you created your corsage or boutonnieres; or dried arrangement. Be sure to include appropriate information on design principles and how they are used to create your arrangement.

5. Explore and explain: floral tools and material (how to use, what they are, care of tools, different uses of a tool or material)

6. Explore and explain: preserving cut flowers – how, problems, uses of and/or diseases related to cut flowers

7. Illustrate, explore and explain how you dry flowers or other plant materials and/or describe different methods and/or how, why use them.

8. Explore and explain: medicinal uses and toxicity of fresh and dried flowers and plants.

9. Describe an experiment you did and the results. 10. Describe a career exploration activity you did, such as job shadow, interview

with a professional. 11. Describe a community service activity you did related to your flowers project –

what you did, why, results, etc. Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9): Demonstration: Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12): Flower and Plant Exhibit Categories 1. Create a seasonal arrangement from only fresh flower and/or plant materials.

Flowers and plant materials specific to a season or holiday should be used. For example, fall mums or spring tulips. Maximum size 24"x24"x36". This category could include a traditional floral arrangement, but also items such as wreaths. Bows and decorative accessories are okay.

2. Create a seasonal arrangement that can include fresh and/or artificial flower/plant material. Flowers and plant materials specific to a season or holiday should be used. Maximum size 24"x24"x36". This category could include a traditional floral arrangement, but also items such as wreaths. Bows and decorative accessories are okay.

67

3. Create a modern or contemporary style arrangement using fresh flower and plant materials. See manual for suggestions. Maximum size 24"x24"x36". Include a label that states what type of design you have created (botanical, pavè, parallel, free-form, abstract, etc.)

4. Create a bridal bouquet. Proper display of the bouquet should be considered, but only the bouquet will be judged. Bouquet should include only fresh plant materials. Bows and decorative accessories are okay.

5. Create a centerpiece for an event, such as a banquet, party, wedding, funeral, or church. Arrangement should be no larger than 24"x 24" x 36" and be made from EITHER fresh flower and/or plant materials or artificial or silk flower and/or plant materials. Bows and decorative accessories are okay.

6. Display a plant that you propagated (and grew and cared for) by tissue culture or other vegetative propagation methods, or flowering bulbs that you forced. Maximum pot size should not exceed 10" diameter. Must include 4-H 969c Level D Plant Record chronicling the care of your plant.

Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12): Poster or Notebook Exhibits - choose any on one (1) of the following topics: 1. Describe how you created your arrangement, include information on the design

principles utilized. 2. Explore and explain how you utilize different flowers to make a similar style

arrangement for different seasons (tulips in spring, mums in fall, etc.) or how to utilize similar flowers to make different styles of arrangements.

3. Explore and explain: the cost of arrangement and/or a cost comparison with flowers (different types of flowers, different time year, etc.).

4. Explore and explain: forcing flowers (bulbs, branches, etc.). 5. Explore and explain: marketing in the floral industry (large or small business)

and/ or a market survey and results, and how they can benefit the floral industry. 6. Explore and explain: how to start a business related to the floral industry and

may include a business plan. 7. Explore and explain the origins of flowers and/or the floriculture industry around

the world. 8. Explore and explain: tissue culture, biotechnology, or traditional breeding of new

flower types – what are they, how are they used, pros and cons. 9. Explore and explain: be a plant detective – what kinds of problems might you

have in growing and caring for flowers, and how to solve. 10. Describe an experiment you did and the results. 11. Describe a community service activity you did related to your flowers project:

how, why, results. Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12): Demonstration: Participate in an action demo at state fair or demonstration contest related to topics for this grade level, or any of those listed above.

68

Foods (Baked & Preserved) State Fair Project

The "Fantastic Foods" curriculum series is designed to help youth have fun in the kitchen as they prepare different foods, do fun experiments, and go on fact-finding missions. The curriculum is designed around six major categories: healthy food selection, smart food purchasing, food safety and science, food preparation, food preservation, careers, and food around the world. A total of five pieces are available in the series. The four youth activity guides: Six Easy Bites (grades 3-4), Tasty Tidbits (grades 5-6), You're the Chef (grades 7-9), and Food works (grades 10-12) have been designed to be developmentally appropriate for the grades listed; but may be used by youth in any grade based on their project skills and expertise. The fifth piece, the Project Helper Guide, has been designed to provide an adult, the guiding helper, with some additional background and some tips on helping youth through the activities in their guide. Are you ready to do fun experiments, prepare flavor-filled recipes, and go on fact-finding missions? That is what "Fantastic Foods" series is all about. You will have fun learning about different food ingredients, food characteristics, and food safety issues. Your project manual is divided into six "bites": Once You Swallow, Money Talks, Play It Safe, Kitchen Magic, Eat It Later, and Imagine That. Required for All Levels: Follow the Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013), found at the

beginning of “The Scoop”. Labeling Requirement: Cover label with clear plastic wrap so that it will not

become grease stained. Tape label to the paper plate or container before the product is wrapped.

Recipe or Index Cards: A recipe or index card (no larger than 5½” x 8½”) is required for all food exhibits. Be sure to include all the information requested in the exhibit description, as well as your name, county, and the department-section-class numbers. It is recommended that you wrap the card in plastic wrap or seal in a plastic bag. Recipe cards will not be returned.

Since it is illegal in the State of Indiana for youth under the age of 21 to purchase or consume alcoholic beverages, 4-H members are to use recipes that do not include and alcoholic beverage as an ingredient. A suitable non-alcoholic or imitation product may be substituted.

Members are required to complete a minimum of three (3) activities, each from a different "bite" category each year they are in the project.

Project manual MUST accompany the exhibit (county level only). If you fail to include your completed manual with your exhibit, your ribbon placing will be lowered one level.

Preparing your product(s) for display

69

o Most food products should be displayed on a paper or foam plate. o For cakes - cut a piece of cardboard about ½ inch larger than the

bottom of the cake. Cover this cardboard with wax paper, plastic wrap, or foil before putting the cake on it.

o Any other product that may be sticky on the bottom, such as some fancy breads, should be put on round, square, or rectangle cardboard. Cover this cardboard with wax paper, plastic wrap, or foil before putting the food product on it.

o Frozen food exhibits (containers and food) will not be returned to the exhibitor. Please display in freezer bags or disposable freezer containers.

o Pies should be exhibited in disposable pie tin. o All canned products must have the ring on the jar top to protect the

seal. Exhibit Requirements Level A Grade 3 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. 6 drop, molded, or bar baked cookies, no glaze or frosting. Include the recipe

card. 2. A package of 6 baked frozen cookies. Display in freezer bag or freezer

container. (Containers will not be returned.) Include index card with recipe and instructions for defrosting. Name with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.

3. An action demonstration. Level A Grade 4 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. 6 muffins of any kind (no muffin liners). Include the recipe card. 2. One package of frozen berries displayed in a clear freezer bag or disposable

container. (Freezer containers will not be returned.) Include index card with recipe and instructions for cooking or defrosting. Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.

3. An interactive demonstration. Level B Grade 5 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. A square, oblong, or round layer cake without frosting. Include the recipe card.

Cake must be made from scratch - no mixes! 2. One uncooked, frozen, mini pizza using pita bread, English muffin, bagel, or

already prepared crust (no larger than 7” in diameter), with toppings of your choice. Meat toppings such as hamburger, sausage, bacon, etc. need to be cooked. Display on covered cardboard inside a clear plastic freezer bag. Include index card with recipe and instructions for cooking. Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.

3. An interactive demonstration.

70

Level B Grade 6 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. Six no-yeast, any shape pretzels (shaped, stick, or nugget) or 6 no-yeast rolled

biscuits (no drop biscuits). Include the recipe card. 2. One package of any frozen vegetable or combination vegetables. Display in a

clear freezer bag or disposable container. (Freezer containers will not be returned.) Include index card with instructions for cooking. Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.

3. An interactive demonstration. Level C Grade 7 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. Six yeast bread sticks or yeast rolls (any shape, medium-size, but not a sweet

roll). Include the recipe card. 2. One container of freezer jam. Include index card with recipe and instructions for

storing. Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen. 3. An interactive demonstration.

Level C Grade 8 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. A yeast bread (can be a loaf, braid, but not rolls) using a specialty grain such as

whole wheat, rye, oat bran, etc. or a sweet bread such as a tea ring. Include the recipe card.

2. One jar (canning jar only) of a canned tomato product using the Hot Pack Method for a boiling water canner such as tomato juice, catsup, barbecue sauce, or salsa. Include index card with recipe and instructions for cooking or using the product. Label with name of product, quantity, and date canned.

3. An interactive demonstration Level C Grade 9 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. One package of a non-perishable invented snack (such as a granola bar,

brownie, fudge, fruit leather, popcorn snack, trail mix, etc.) or another invented food product. Exhibit must include a separate folder containing a marketing plan with product name, recipe, how it will be packaged, a package design, where it will be sold, and suggested selling price. Label should include product name, date, quantity, and serving size.

2. One jar (canning jar only) of canned pickles or a canned pickle product. Include index card with recipe, processing, and storage instructions. (Products using a fancy pack are not accepted.) Label with name of product, quantity, and date canned.

3. An interactive demonstration. Level D Grade 10 – Exhibit your project manual and one of the following: 1. A single or double crust baked fruit pie (no graham cracker crust). Include the

recipe card. Note: Custards, cream, cream cheese frosting and fillings, and raw egg white frosting are not acceptable in an exhibit because they are highly perishable when left at room temperatures.

71

2. One jar (canning jar only) of pressure canned vegetables, meat or combination product such as soup, stew, spaghetti sauce with meat, etc. Include index card with recipe and instructions for cooking or using the product. (Products using a fancy pack are not accepted.) Label with name of product quantity, and date canned.

3. An interactive demonstration. Level D Grade 11 – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A non-perishable baked international food product (such as apple strudel,

French bread, Mexican wedding cakes, fortune cookies, etc.) with a separate page describing the food customs of a country and how the food product is used in relation to that country's customs or a table display on a country outlining food preferences, meal patterns, how nutritional needs are met, interesting customs, traditions, etc. Display should be no larger than 16" deep x 22" wide x 28" high. Include index card with recipe. (Note: Custards, cream, cream cheese frosting and fillings, and raw egg white frosting are not acceptable in an exhibit because they are highly perishable when left at room temperatures.)

2. One package of a frozen entree such as a casserole, hearty soup or vegetable dish in freezer container. Exhibit should include an index card with recipe and instructions for reheating. Display in disposable containers. No containers will be returned. Label with name of product, quantity, and date frozen.

3. An interactive demonstration. Level D Grade 12 – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A non-perishable baked food product for a special occasion or catered meal

(such as an appetizer, holiday food, fruit cake, special occasion cake, altered recipe product, etc.) with a separate page outlining how this product is to be used at the event, or a table display for a special occasion or catered meal. The display should include a notebook outlining menu, supplies to buy, preparation schedule, equipment, table layout, etc. Display should be no larger than 16" deep x 22" wide x 28" high. Include index card with recipe.

2. A jar of cooked jelly or a reduced sugar fruit spread. Include recipe card. Label with name of product, quantity, and date made.

3. An interactive demonstration.

72

Foods – Create-A-Mix County Project

Follow the Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013), found at the beginning of “The Scoop”. This project is designed to allow the use of a purchased boxed mix as one of the ingredients in a recipe. The finished product cannot be the result of making the product from the box instructions. The box mix has to be used with other ingredients to create a new product. 4-H’ers may create their own recipes or use suggestions from a box mix, cookbook, or the project manual. Remove the box label that shows the original preparation of the food. Display on an 8½”x11” sheet next to the creative recipe for all divisions. Note: You must exhibit a baked item. Recipes are required for baked items in all divisions. Underline the 2 or more ingredients you added. Include brand name of boxed items used. Beginner – Grades 3-5 – Using a ‘mix,” create your own 6 baked cookies or 6 baked brownies. Use at least 2 other ingredients in addition to those called for in the “mix.” Start recipe file box with 3 different dated recipes on any size card. Each year you will add 3 more dated recipes. Intermediate – Grades 6-8 – Using a “mix,” create your own cake or bread. Use at least 2 other ingredients in addition to those called for in the “mix.” Start a recipe file with 3 dated recipes or add to the box started the previous year. Advanced – Grades 9-12 – Using a “mix,” create a non-perishable product. Use at least 2 other ingredients in addition to those called for in the “mix.” Start a recipe file box with 3 dated recipes or add to the box started from the previous year.

Forestry State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the forestry project this year. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28", mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title. If you are exhibiting leaves, they should be free of any damage. If you choose to write scientific names, they must be in either italics or underscored. (Note: scientific names are required for herbariums.) The Genus (first name) must have the first letter capitalized. The species (second name) has no capitalization Level 1 (Grades 3-5): Display a poster based on one of the following activities

73

• Leafing Out- comparisons (pp 6 & 7). Collect, dry and mount 6 different species of leaves showing leaf differences: one leaf with opposite arrangement and one with an alternate arrangement, two leaves with different leaf margins, a compound leaf, and simple leaf. Use the 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3) as a reference and identify the leaves and group them under the titles of "arrangement," "leaf margins," and "compound or simple." Draw (or copy the picture) and label the parts of a leaf using the diagram from the manual (Level 1). Title your poster, Leafing Out - Leaf Differences.

• Leafing Out - collection (pp 6 & 7). Identify and exhibit leaves from 10 different trees that are listed in 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3). List at least two unique characteristics of each tree. Title your poster, Leafing Out - Collection.

• Hold on Tight (pp 10 & 11), Dig up a small plant root system and display along with a drawing of the root system with the anchor, lateral, and feeder roots identified and the "Parts of a Tree" diagram (4-H 641B).

• Down in the Dirt(pp 20 & 21), collect roots from 3 different habitats: woods, near a creek, and in a pasture or prairie. (Note: do not use the habitats listed in your manual.) Display the roots along with the completed root test chart (copy or recreate) showing the color, size, and shape information. Include any unique features you noted.

• My Couch is a Tree? (pp 30 & 31), Use pictures (draw, cut from magazines, print, or take photographs) to show 10 things in and around your home that are made from wood.

• Fun in the Forest (pp 32 & 33), Visit a state park or forest, take your 50 Trees of Indiana book (4-H 15-80 or CD-FNR-3), diagram the trails you hiked, and list the types of trees you saw. Photographs of you hiking and some of the trees you saw will help tell your story.

Level 2 (Grades 6-8): Display a poster based on one of the following activities: • The Leaf Machine (pp 8 & 9), copy, draw, or find a picture of a cross-section of

a leaf. Label the 7 parts. Give the chemical reaction for photosynthesis, defining the chemicals: CO2, H2O, O2, and C6H12O6. Be sure to balance your equation! There should be the same number of Carbon, Oxygen, and Hydrogen molecules on each side of the equal sign. You may need to ask an older (high school) 4-H member or science teacher for help. Draw the tree canopy, trunk, and roots (or use the tree diagram, 4-H 641B) and identify the crown, trunk (with the parts; heartwood, sapwood, cambium, and bark listed on the right), feeder roots, and anchor roots.

• My State's Forests (pp 14 & 15), use a map, draw, or find a picture of Indiana on the Internet (e.g., www.in.gov/igic). Show where your home, your school, and your fairgrounds are located. Choose one of the following options to complete your poster. o Show where Indiana's state forests are located. List a few facts about each.

Visit a state forest and have someone take your picture by the sign, if possible.

74

http://www.in.gov/igic

o Show where some state parks and state forests are located (5-15). List some facts about each one. Visit a state park or forest and have someone take your picture by the sign, if possible.

• Someone Call a (Tree) Doctor and Stop Bugging Me (pp 22-25), Collect 10 samples of tree leaves, twigs, stems, or roots damaged by insects or disease and the fruiting body or disease that caused the damage. List information about the insect or disease and the species of tree that was affected.

• Fire in the Forest (pp 26 & 27), explain the Fire Triangle and describe what happened during and after a famous forest fire. Drawings or pictures will help tell the tale.

• Growing Every Day (pp 30 & 31), Complete the table to calculate the volume of 5 large trees that you can find and measure in your county. Research to find out how to make and use a Tree Measuring Stick (FNR-4) and use that to calculate the volume of each tree. Explain why you think your results varied with the two methods of determining tree volume (the one in your 4-H manual or using a tree measuring stick).

• Tree Planting, Plant 1-3 shade trees. Include information about the tree (or trees) you planted, why you chose the species you did, what are the benefits of this tree, and how tall this tree (or trees) will be when mature. Explain why you chose the planning site that you did, where you found your planting information, what steps you followed, the hole size, care of your tree (watering and weed control), and any other information you can give. Include a picture of your tree (photo or drawing). Reference: FNR-FAQ-18-W

Level 3 (Grades 9-12): Display a poster based on one of the following activities: • A World of Forests (pp 16 & 17), indicate the 3 major forest biomes on a copy,

drawing, or picture of the world. Complete the table given in the activity. • City Trees (pp 20 & 21), complete the questions about Tree City (page 20).

Show (draw or use pictures) some trees that are often used in city plantings and explain the benefits of these trees.

• Trim the Trees (pp 26 & 27), explain the 5 different kinds of tree pruning for urban trees. List some dos and don’ts of proper pruning.

• My Boss is a Tree (pp 34 & 35), list 5 jobs that require a knowledge of trees and forestry. Explain the training and education that is needed and what types of things you might be doing if you had this job.

• Tree Planting - Present a tree planting plan for at least 100 trees. Include the type of trees you planted, pictures, cost, method of planting, weeding, pruning your trees, and any additional information. Your exhibit must have a title, labels, backing, and plastic covering as required in the manual. Reference: FNR-FAQ-18-W

• Herbarium Collection – Trees, Collect 25 terminal twigs and at least two leaves, if space allows (only one compound leaf is required), from native forest trees. Mount the specimens on 11 ½" x 16 ½" paper. One leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the back side of the leaf. Label each sheet with the following: common name, scientific name, where collected, county where collected, date

75

collected, name of collector, and specimen number. Cover each specimen. There are no specific references given for these exhibits. Youth are encouraged to use Extension publications, the Internet, books, and forest specialists to develop these items. Note: Your herbarium collection must be accessible to the judges. Do not cover it under the plastic that covers your poster. You may want to attach a folder or other holder over your poster to hold the mounted, covered specimens.

• Herbarium Collection - Shrubs Collect 25 terminal twigs, with leaves attached, from native shrubs. Mount the specimens on 11 ½" x 16 ½" paper. One leaf on the twig must be mounted to show the back side of the leaf. Label each sheet with the following: common name, scientific name, where collected, county where collected, date collected, name of collector, and specimen number. Cover each specimen. There are no specific references given for these exhibits. Youth are encouraged to use Extension publications, the Internet, books, and forest specialists to develop these items. Note: Your herbarium collection must be accessible to the judges. Do not cover it under the plastic that covers your poster. You may want to attach a folder or other holder over your poster to hold the mounted, covered specimens.

Independent Study (Grades 9-12): Exhibit one of the following: • Advanced topic - Learn all you can about an Indiana or Eastern Deciduous

forestry topic of your choice and present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Forestry - Independent Study."

• Mentoring - Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Forestry - Mentor."

Freestyle County Project

Some counties refer to this project as “Self-Determined” or “Do Your Own Thing”. In “Freestyle”, any member may enroll in this project and may do whatever they wish, providing it does not duplicate a requirement in an existing project offered in Pike County. Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) Project Requirements • Member must choose a project within his area of interest.

76

• A written proposal must be turned in to the Extension Office by June 1. Proposal forms are available in the Extension Office and on the Pike County 4-H website. It is your responsibility to obtain, complete and return your proposal form on time. If you need a form, please contact the Extension Office.

• Freestyle project proposals must be approved by the Extension Office. • A Freestyle project record sheet must be exhibited with your Freestyle project. Project Completion Options • Poster (follow the poster tips found in “Preparing for the 4-H Fair”) • Display – not more than 2’x3’ in size. Displays cannot include a living animal. • Notebook • Action Demonstration

Garden State Fair Project

The Gardening project is divided into four different levels: Level A: See Them Sprout (Grades 3-4) Level B: Let's Get Growing (Grades 5-6) Level C: Take Your Pick (Grades 7-9) Level D: Growing Profits (Grades 10-12) What can I learn? You will learn about planning a vegetable garden, planting, fertilizing, different vegetable pests, harvesting, storage techniques and careers. Resources include “Growing Herbs” (HO-28-W), “Suggested 4-H Garden Exhibits” (4-H 970-W) and the list in the State Fair Premium book. Contact the Extension Office or visit the Purdue Extension website for these resources. Poster Guidelines • Dimensions = 22" x 28" displayed horizontally with stiff backing and must be

covered with clear plastic • Identification included in the lower right corner (name, grade, county). • Poster should "tell a story" or be informative to the audience. Will the viewer of

your poster learn something from the exhibit? • When designing your poster you should consider: lines, shapes, textures, colors

and placement of items. • Pictures, graphics and artwork are encouraged. • Make sure the poster accurately meets the guidelines and objectives of the

activities in the manual. • Information printed directly off the web will not be accepted. • Materials included in the poster need to be educational, both for the youth and

the audience, and should demonstrate that the youth was able to take what he or she learned from their research (experiment, or on web, in library, etc) and/or activities to create the poster.

77

Project Completion Recommendations: (1) Read and study 4-H Garden manual(s); (2) Plan your garden; (3) Select plants and seeds; (4) Plant your garden; (5) Care for your garden; (6) Harvest your produce; (7) Exhibit your produce; (8) Try something new, as listed in the manual; (9) Keep a complete record of your garden activities; (10) Complete activities as required in manual. Exhibit Categories for All Levels I. Single Vegetable: May be selected from 4-H Garden Publication 4-H 970-W or list in the State Fair Premium book. Maximum of 5 different exhibits per exhibitor. Single vegetable entries should be labeled with common name of the vegetable and variety or cultivar of vegetable. II. Garden Collection: May be selected from 4-H Garden Publication 4-H 970-W or list in the State Fair Premium book. You may choose to exhibit three (3) plates, four (4) plates or five (5) plates. In all three classes, vegetables are to be exhibited on paper plates and may include a display of not less than three garden flowers, grown in your own garden. Exhibitors may each exhibit one collection (3 or 4 or 5 plate garden collection ) at State Fair. Garden collection entries should be labeled with common name, Latin name, and variety. III. Single Herb Exhibit: May be selected from 4-H Garden Publication 4-H 970-W, HO-28-W or list in the State Fair Premium book. You may enter three single herbs (all edible types) that must be labeled with common and Latin names and in pots 8" diameter maximum. ( maximum of three different pots) Anyone can complete Section IV (Garden Education), but members enrolled in Levels C and D of the garden project should exhibit one of the following activities in addition to the Produce Exhibit (Section I, II and III). IV. Garden Education: One garden education exhibit per county. 1. Exhibit four (4) plates containing two cultivars of two different kinds of

vegetables in your garden. 2. For example: display tomato Rutgers and tomato Roma on two plates and

spinach Melody and America on two plates. Label the cultivars you exhibit. 3. Label and exhibit three unusual vegetables (may or may not be discussed in

your 4-H Garden Manual) you grew in your garden this year. If not listed in the vegetable display chart, check with your Extension office.

4. For example: spaghetti squash, head lettuce, cowpea, etc. 5. Make a poster of five commonly found diseases in vegetable gardens, the

damage caused by each, and the control options for each. 6. Make a poster of five commonly found vegetable garden insects: beneficial

(good guys) and/or injurious (bad guys), benefits or damage caused by each, and the related management practices (how to keep the beneficial, and how to control the injurious insects).

78

7. Make a poster of a maximum of ten pests (diseases, insects, weeds and/or rodents) you found in your garden this year, damage caused, control measures used, and results.

8. Make a poster explaining a Computer Garden Program. 9. Make a poster showing a picture story of what you did in your garden this year. 10. Example: How you planned, planted, and maintained your garden. 11. Make a poster showing your financial record for your garden. 12. Make a poster of pictures showing your experiences in hydroponics. 13. Make a poster explaining various career options working with vegetables/herbs

and gardening.

Genealogy State Fair Project

Educational materials on "How to" information on documenting ones heritage through ancestral listing. The project can be done as an individual or group with a parent or grandparent. It helps young people know where their ancestors resided, traveled, and developed some family tradition. Exhibit Introduction Forms for this project are found on the Indiana 4-H Web site www.four-h.purdue.edu. (Click on "projects" and then on Genealogy to reach downloadable forms.) This project is organized into divisions and not grades for a youth cannot start in Division 3 without first completing Division 1 and Division 2. This is a project that builds on the previous division information in order to be successful in building your family tree. If you are using a genealogical commercial software program, you may need to type in or hand write in information required by the Indiana 4-H genealogy project. See 4-H forms on the 4-H website linked above. Since the current year's exhibit builds on the previous year’s data collection, only the current year's data collection is required for exhibition. So the notebook exhibit can be displayed to the public and to minimize the potential of identity theft, original legal documents are NOT to be included in the exhibit notebook. Instead, a photocopy of any legal document is to be included in the notebook and all identifiable information (like social security numbers) except for names is to be completely marked out. Original legal documents are to be kept in a secure location by the 4-H member and his/her family. Project Requirements Division 1 Exhibit Requirements: Turn in a completed record sheet and exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following: • An Introduction page with a recent photograph of yourself. • An Introduction page with a recent photograph of yourself.

79

• Completed three-generation pedigree chart. This includes you, your parents, and your grandparents, ancestors #1 through #7. Put all surnames in capital letters and all dates in military form (12 July 1974). Give each person a number, as described in the "Recording the Information" section of the Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748. You must use the pedigree charts listed at the four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but not the old "packet" pedigree charts.

• A Family Group Sheet for your parents and each pair of grandparents. Sources of information must be filled in on family group sheets (see section "Recording the Information").

• Four (4) "Additional Information Worksheets": one (1) for you, the 4-H member; one (1) for your parents; and one (1) for each set of grandparents (total = two worksheets).

• Any documents or pictures pertaining to these three generations. Documents must be labeled with ancestor name and ancestor number. Pictures need to be labeled with ancestor name, plus names of all known people, place and date picture was taken, as well as ancestor numbers.

• A diary of your work. Division 2 Exhibit Requirements: Turn in a completed record sheet and exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following: • Four-generation pedigree chart. This would include you, your parents,

grandparents, and great-grandparents, ancestors #1 through #15. You must use the pedigree charts listed at four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but not the old "packet" pedigree charts.

• A Family Group Sheet for each pair of great-grandparents. Sources of information filled in on family group sheets (see section "Recording the Information" in the Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748).

• An additional information worksheet for each set of great grandparents. • Any photographs taken of tombstones of your ancestors and their children.

Please document location of tombstone(s) and label with ancestor name, ancestor number, and date photo was taken. Rubbings are acceptable in lieu of photographs.

• Any other documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, correctly labeled.

• A diary of your work. Division 3 Exhibit Requirements: Turn in a completed record sheet and exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following: • Five-generation pedigree chart as in Division I, ancestors #1 through #31.

Computer programs do not generally print chart numbers, so if you are using a computer program, make sure you have the correct number of ancestors. If an ancestor is UNKNOWN, please indicate as UNKNOWN. You must use the pedigree charts listed at four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but not the old "packet" pedigree charts.

80




• Additional Family Group Sheets and information worksheets for generation five (5). Sources of information must be filled in on family group sheets (see section "Recording the Information" in Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide 4-H 748.).

• Write an autobiography, the story of your life. Include pictures, relevant dates, and important events. OR, write an essay about what your hopes and dreams are for the future, or about life goals you hope to attain.

• Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, correctly labeled. • A diary of your work.

Division 4 Exhibit Requirements: Turn in a completed record sheet and exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following: • Six-generation pedigree charts as in Division I, ancestors #1 through

#63.Computer programs do not generally print chart numbers, so if you are using a computer program, make sure you have the correct number of ancestors. You must use the pedigree charts listed at four-h.purdue.edu, 4-H 748Pc-W or 4-H 748Pbw-W or the commercial software forms, but not the old "packet" pedigree charts.

• Additional Family Group Sheets and information worksheets for generation six (6). Sources of information must be filled in on family group sheets (see section "Recording the Information").

• A copy of a photograph or a story of a sixth-generation ancestor. Include information about the date when the photograph was taken, how or where you found it and what's happening in it or why it was taken. If this is unavailable, write a story about the historical period during which your sixth generation ancestor was living.

• Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations, correctly labeled. • A diary of your work.

Advanced Division Exhibit Requirements: Turn in a completed record sheet and exhibit a notebook(s) that includes the following: • Eight-generation pedigree charts, ancestors through # 255. Computer programs

do not generally print chart numbers, so if you are using a computer program, make sure you have the correct number of ancestors.

• Your family group sheet and additional information worksheets for generations seven and eight.

• Sources of information filled in on family group sheets (see section "Recording the Information" in the Indiana 4-H Genealogy Resource Guide, 4-H 748).

• One advanced level option (see below). • Any documents or pictures pertaining to these generations; correctly labeled. • A diary of your work

Pedigree charts are available on the Indiana 4-H Web site for your additional genealogy research. Each year following, continue to add ancestors to your pedigree charts. In addition, choose one of the following options that has not been completed

81


previously. Please identify, by letter, the option that you are completing (for example: Advanced Division, Year 1, Option A; Advanced Division, Year 2, Option C; etc.). A. A migration map of your eight-generation ancestors. You should have at least

one map per family line with charts or explanations of the migrations. B. A timeline historical report of a family line. Show how this family fits into history.

Document your report as well as possible with dates, records, places or maps, pictures, etc. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.

C. A census history of a family line. Census abstract forms can be found on several websites. Download forms to abstract the census. Your notebook should contain copies of the census and the completed abstract form for each census.

D. A history of your family's religious background for any family line or lines. Include a brief history of the denomination. Include baptism, confirmation or profession of faith and membership records. Also include information or history of the congregations involved. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.

E. A history of your family's military service for a family line. Include supporting documents when possible. These documents could include military records, (muster rolls, discharge papers, etc.), pension records, and bounty land records, as well as maps and pictures. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.

F. A research paper on a famous ancestor. Prove your relationship to this person with documentation. Try to include pictures and anecdotes to enhance your paper.

G. Complete a family line or lines back as many generations as possible beyond eight generations. Include pictures, maps and documents. Be sure to include proper labels and sources.

H. A timeline historical report of another family line not previously completed. Document as well as possible as in Option B. You need to state at the beginning that this is a second family historical report on such ancestor.

I. A history of your family's military service for a family line not previously completed. Include supporting documents as in Option E. You need to state at the beginning that this is a second family military history report on such ancestor.

J. Family DNA history. (This can be a very expensive option) Please include charts and explanations.

Geology State Fair Project

Create an exhibit to show the public some of the geology specimens you have collected. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28," mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Or, you may display your specimens in an insect display box (18 x 24 inches), orientated horizontally. Include actual specimens in your exhibit, whenever possible. You can make your own labels for your specimens. See the suggested

82

label format found in the Indiana 4-H geology manuals. Boxes make your specimens more secure. Do not put valuable specimens on posters where they can be removed quickly. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that name for your title. You may use a sub-title, if you wish. Notes: • You may purchase your specimens and may display rocks, fossils, and

minerals. If you purchase a specimen, indicate when and where you purchased it and the location where you would expect to find the specimen. If you collect a specimen, indicate the county and township where you found it.

• Posters and display boxes will be exhibited standing up at the Indiana State Fair. Therefore, you need to mount your specimens securely. Project leaders suggest the following methods: soaking ½ cotton ball in Elmer’s glue, hot glue, or clear tub sealant. Place the cotton ball in your box and put your rock (or fossil or mineral) on the cotton ball and let sit. It will take 1-2 weeks for Elmer’s glue to fully harden. Specimens mounted with Elmer’s glue can be removed by soaking the cotton ball in water. Glue remaining on the rock may be brushed off with an old, damp toothbrush.

• When exhibiting rocks show a fresh surface to help judges identify the rock. • Labels - Include the specific geographical location where you would expect to

find any specimens as well as where you actually acquired it (found, purchased, etc.).

• Do not identify your specimens any further than phylum and class. There is one exception to this for fossils which are identified to phylum OR class. Class should only be used for fossils of mollusks, backboned animals, and arthropods.

Level 1 (Grades 3-5) – Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following activities: • The Rock Cycle. (Activity 2). Explain the rock cycle using both words and

pictures. • Rock Types (Activities 2-4). Display rocks from the three major types: igneous,

sedimentary, and metamorphic. Examples of each include: Igneous - granite, basalt, gabbro; Sedimentary - limestone, dolomite, shale, chert, gypsum; and Metamorphic - quartzite, schist, marble, slate.

• How Rocks Change. (Activity 4). Color and display the picture in your book or draw and color your own on your poster. Briefly describe the earth processes that are shown.

• Rock Artwork (Activity 12). Display your rock artwork and the story that you created.

• Collections. (Activity 11). Display and identify 6 8 rocks. • Making Crystal Models. (Activities 14 & 15). Display the crystal forms

characteristic of most minerals (cubic, tetragonal, hexagonal, orthorhombic, monoclinic, triclinic) in a display box with their name and mineral with this form. You may color, paint, or use markers on your crystal models.

83

• Molds and Casts. (Activities 16 & 17). Display three molds and/or casts in a display box. Describe the steps that you followed to create a mold or cast.

Level 2 (Grades 6-8) – Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following activities: • Rocks with Different Textures. Identify and display six rocks with three very

different textures (two rocks of each general type). Include three grades of sandpaper and show how the differences in sandpaper is similar to the differences in rock texture.

• Indiana Limestone. Show and label pictures or photographs of ten buildings, sculptures, or monuments made from Indiana limestone.

• Mineral properties and tests. Explain the characteristics: crystal form, cleavage, hardness, appearance, and streak. Explain tests used in identifying specimens. Examples you might include are streak, acid, hardness, chemical analysis, and specific gravity.

• How We Use Minerals. Show 10 common products that contain minerals. Explain the minerals that are contained in these products and the characteristic that makes them useful.

• Geologic Time. Create a display to show the major geologic eras. Indicate the names, specific features, and approximate length of each.

• Indiana's Glaciers. Show the extent of Indiana's three main glaciers. • Indiana Geology. Exhibit a map or sketch of Indiana showing at least ten sites

with interesting geological formations. Describe the formation and sketch or show a picture of the formation.

• Field Trip. Describe a geology field trip that you took. Describe where you went and what you learned. Include photographs (if possible) or sketch what you saw.

• Collections. Display and identify one of the following: 8-16 minerals, fossils, or 4-8 of each (half minerals and half fossils).You may exhibit a new collection in subsequent years but not one you have already exhibited.

Level 3 (Grades 9-12) – Display a poster (or use an exhibit box) based on one of the following activities: • Geology Research. Prepare a display to teach others about the topic you

studied. Include an appropriate title, abstract (brief description of your topic), and photographs, drawings, charts, or graphs that help explain your topic. This activity may be repeated if a new topic is chosen in subsequent years.

• Lapidary and Jewelry. Show how stones and minerals are turned into polished stones and jewelry. Show and explain the steps involved.

• Miniatures. Display five miniatures in a display box and explain the benefits of collecting miniatures and how they are prepared.

• Indiana's State Parks or Forests. Create a matching game of Indiana's State Parks or Forests and a brief description.

• Indiana, U.S, or World Geology. Teach others about one Indiana, U.S., or World Geology topic.

84

• Career Exploration. Prepare a display that explains your interview with someone who needs an understanding of geology to do their job.

Independent Study (Grades 9-12) – Choose one of the following: • Advanced topic - Learn all you can about a geology topic and present it on a

poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Geology - Independent Study"

• Mentoring - exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Resources must be from educational or government entities. Title your poster, "Advanced Geology - Mentor."

Golf County Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) Objectives of the 4-H Golf Project:

1. Learn basic skills of golf 2. Learn the etiquette of golf 3. Learn the rules of golf 4. Have fun learning and participating in golf

All Levels – Complete the “4-H Golf Project Record Sheet” (available in the Extension Office) and exhibit it with one or both of the following:

A. Participate in the Petersburg Kiwanis Youth Golf Clinic and provide proof of participation.

B. Exhibit a poster, choosing a different topic each year, on one of the following sections: a. “Rules of Golf” b. “Basic Skills to Develop for Golf” c. “Equipment Needed for Golf” d. “Exercise Value of Golf” e. Any single topic which directly relates to golf

85

Hay & Forages County Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) All Divisions – Exhibit in a clear plastic bag one slice of baled hay, approximately 4” thick and 18” square or in diameter, any variety. Hay exhibits must be baled hay. FAQ: The Extension Office is often asked what kind of plastic can be used to cover the hay bale. Some exhibitors have used the clear plastic bags that comforters are often sold in. Other options include extra-large Ziploc-style bags and under-the-bed storage bags. Look around to see what you can find!

Health

State Fair Project Level A – Grade 3: First Aid in Action - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster (follow “Poster Pointers” at the beginning of “The Scoop”) on one of the

following topics or any other topic covered in Level A: (a) First Aid for Cuts and Scrapes; (b) First Aid for Choking; or (c) First Aid for Strains, Sprains, and Bruises.

2. A family first aid kit 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A.

Level A – Grade 4: First Aid in Action - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster (follow “Poster Pointers” at the beginning of “The Scoop”) on one of the

following topics or any other topic covered in Level A: (a) First Aid for Treating Nosebleeds; (b) First Aid for Foreign Objects; (c) First Aid for Stings or Bites.

2. A family first aid kit including at least 1 Make Your Own item discussed in your 4-H manual.

3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A. Level A – Grade 5: First Aid in Action - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster (follow “Poster Pointers” at the beginning of “The Scoop”) on one of the

following topics or any other topic covered in Level A: (a) First Aid for Poisons; (b) First Aid for Broken Bones; (c) First Aid for Burns.

2. A family kit for an emergency (tornado, snowstorm, no electricity, fire, etc.) 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level A.

Level B – Grade 6: Staying Healthy - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster about (a) Human viruses or bacteria or (b) Keeping hair, skin, nails,

teeth, ears or eyes clean 2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual. 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B.

86

Level B – Grade 7: Staying Healthy - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered in Level B: (a)

nutrient rich “Power” foods or (b) healthy snacks. a. Appropriate portion sizes 2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual. 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B.

Level B – Grade 8: Staying Healthy - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster on one of the following topics or any other topic covered in Level B: (a)

The importance of eating breakfast; (b) The importance of physical activity; (c) Turning everyday activities into exercise opportunities.

2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level B

Level C – Grades 9-12: Keeping Fit - Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster on a topic covered in Keeping Fit: Fitness Activities for Youth. 2. A report of three activities you completed in the 4-H manual. 3. An action demonstration related to a topic covered in Level C.

History for Fun County Project

This project is designed to give you a chance to choose and express your personal interest in history as a 4-H project and exhibit. • Level A (Grades3-5): Complete 2 or more notebook activities and prepare an

exhibit. • Level B (Grades 6-8): Complete 3 or more notebook activities and prepare an

exhibit. • Level C (Grade9-12): Complete 4 or more notebook activities and prepare an

exhibit. Requirements: Choose and prepare an exhibit on any topic relating to local, Indiana, U.S. or world history. Keep a notebook (three-ring binder) to assemble necessary information about your subject. Include your own special interest articles and pictures. The notebook will be 50% of your project grade and the exhibit the other 50%. You may use school work, but do not submit a graded paper! Rework the paper for your project. Remember to proofread your work carefully and to include a bibliography, if applicable. Grammar and spelling matter in both the notebook and the exhibit work. Tips for a Great Project: • Include historical relevance. • Include your interpretation: what did you learn?

87

• Explain any research you did. Summarize the event in history, tell the big picture. Can you teach others the work? How? Attend local events, workshops, and clinics.

History Notebook Pointers • Use a three-ring binder, with tab dividers and sheet protectors (plastic sleeves)

to protect your information. • Include a “Table of Contents” and label the tabbed sections. • The purpose of the notebook is to keep track and document your historical

activities. Each activity must be documented with a summary of the activity. • Each activity must include a bibliography entry, to be inserted immediately after

the activity in your notebook. Cite even personal experience! • The length of the summary should adequately cover the event. That means

some summaries will be short and others will be pages long. • This notebook is for your enjoyment; write the summaries as such. Suggested Notebook Activities: • Read historical books • Be a historical interpreter (a character who dresses and speaks the part of the

historical era) • Be a historical round table participant • Career development: speak with a teacher, history professor, tour a college

history department, or other • Include a historical site on a trip, visit, or vacation • Write a personal history or journal your life. • Other – must include a historical perspective Exhibit Choices: Each exhibit should include a summary that has been documented. • Written Report: Relate the report to your chosen category of history. Submit

exhibit work in a separate folder with a title page. The summary page should be no longer than one page. If you type your paper, double space and the font should be 10 or larger. Level A reports should be 1 to 3 pages. Level B reports should be 2 to 5 pages. Level C reports should be 3 to 6 pages.

• Diorama: Relate the 18”x15” space to your chosen category of history. The goal is a realistic interpretation of the event in history. No perishables or food allowed in diorama. The exhibit does not need to be covered but is recommended. The summary should be no longer than one page. Do not to forget to identify your event in the summary. Remember the diorama should help tell the story of the event. Include a bibliography.

• Video Presentation: Relate the 5-10 minute video to your chosen category of history. Please inform the 4-H Youth Educator which format your are using, i.e. VHS or DVD, so that we are prepared for judging. Label the video with your name, club, and level. Include a summary of the exhibit. The summary should be no longer than one page. Do not forget to identify your event in the summary. Remember the video should help you tell the story of the event. Include a bibliography.

88

• History Educational Display: Relate the museum type display and educational poster to your chosen category of history. No perishables or food items allowed. The display should teach the observer about the event. Include a summary of the exhibit. The summary should be no longer than one page. Include a bibliography. Your display should be no larger than 30” deep x 48” wide x 72” high.

• Oral History: Relate the interview to someone who has experienced a great event in one of the history categories. Include the interview questions and your interpretation of the historical value or significance of the interview. Include a summary of the interview as your exhibit. The summary should be no longer than one page. Include a bibliography.

• Other: Check with 4-H Extension Educator. Include a summary of the exhibit. The summary should be no longer than one page. Include a bibliography, and your summary.

Home Environment

State Fair Project For the 4-H Home Environment project, 4-H members at each grade level may choose from three possible exhibit categories: a furniture item and notebook, a design board (poster and notebook), or a portfolio (notebook). All exhibits must include the Home Environment Exhibit Card (4-H-1011-D-W). Level 3 participants will also have a fourth choice: independent study. NOTE: Each level has several options per category from which to choose. We suggest that 4-H members either choose a different option each year or show how they expanded on the same option (portfolio and furniture categories only) used in previous years. Categories • Furniture Item and Notebook -- An actual piece of furniture accompanied by a

standard notebook (3-ring binder) explaining the who, what, when, where, why, and how of the chosen project. We suggest including pictures showing where the item will be used. Also, we encourage 4-H members to include pictures of themselves doing the project, but this is not required. Always place your identification information in the notebook and on the furniture.

• Design Board and Notebook -- standard 22" x 28" poster, displayed horizontally with a firm backing. Design boards must be covered with plastic to protect and help hold items in place. An identification name tag must be attached in the lower right corner. The notebook is to help explain the who, what, when, where, why, and how of the chosen design. This can be a "before and after project" or "plan in the future" project.

• Portfolio -- standard notebook (3-ring binder). If 4-H members choose to do this option more than one year, we suggest that they keep the previous year's materials in the notebook. Place materials for the current year in the front, with the previous year's materials clearly marked or labeled at the back. Always place your identification information in the notebook.

89

Other information: • Color samples -- These can be paint samples from a paint or hardware store, or

color samples the 4-H member makes with paints or colored pencils. • Other samples -- Many hardware or home improvement stores have free

samples of wall coverings, flooring, countertops, and cabinet materials that can be used with the 4-H member's design board or portfolio.

• Colored pencils -- We suggest using colored pencils when coloring the design board or portfolio. Colored pencils are what professionals use! Keep in mind that the entire area does not need to be colored in, but be sure to apply enough color to adequately express design ideas. Other methods for coloring will also be accepted. These could include (but are not limited to): crayons, watercolor pencils, markers, or printing on the computer.

Exhibit Requirements Level A (Grades 3 – 5) Manual: Home Environment: Color, Texture, Line, and Shape. (Two State Fair exhibits from this level) Furniture Options for Level 1: Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook. (See "Furniture Item and Notebook" explanation above.) • A hanging or wall hanging item • A storage item or organizer item for room or the home. • 3 - 5 accessory items for your chosen room Design Board Options for Level 1: • Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment manual titled Color,

Texture, Line, and Shape with colored pencils. Print a line drawing from the options available on the Indiana 4-H website: www.four-h.purdue.edu look under "projects" and then Home Environment. Create three different color schemes for the line drawing you have chosen. Label the type of color scheme used in each (e.g., monochromatic, analogous, complementary, warm, or cool). Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Color the line drawing found in 4-H 1011 Home Environment manual titled Color, Texture, Line, and Shape using one color option. Line drawings can be printed from the Indiana 4-H website: www.four-h.purdue.edu look under "projects" and then Home Environment. Use color to explain dominant and supportive colors. Attach color samples to identify two additional color options. Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Display a floor plan for a bedroom showing line and shape where furniture would be placed (could be your own). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to show how line and shape work with the furniture. Include your 3-ring notebook.

90

Portfolio Options for Level 1: • Collect samples of different color schemes (minimum of three), and label the type

represented by each (e.g., monochromatic, analogous, complementary, warm, or cool).

• Collect samples from magazines or photographs of formal vs. informal balance, dominant and supportive color, and use of pattern. Include comments explaining each.

• Collect samples from magazines of three different furniture designs. Label each style (e.g., traditional, modern, country, formal, or retro). Include information explaining each style.

Level B (Grades 6-8) (Two State Fair exhibits from this level) Exhibit Manual: Home Environment: Design Decisions (University of Nebraska). This one manual is to be used for grades 6 – 12 as a resource and a reference. Indiana 4-H exhibit options are not listed in the University of Nebraska manual. You are referred to the Indiana 4-H Youth Development website: www.four-h.purdue.edu or your local county 4-H handbook for exhibit option details. Furniture Options for Level 2: Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line and shape that would help complete a room. Include your notebook. (See "Furniture Item and Notebook" explanation above.) • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished. • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using decoupage, paint,

fabric, etc. • One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made by the 4-H

member, displayed with intended furniture • One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in use. (Should not be

displayed on an actual window; use false walls or plywood no-glass window cutouts, or make special display rods.)

• One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered. • One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was originally designed

for (e.g., bedsheet used to make a window treatment, drawer used as a wall shelf).

• A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items, wicker furniture, bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made and/or purchased for future use. (For example a collection of baskets made to use as desk accessories or bathroom accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories, etc.)

Design Board Options for Level 2: • Display a floor plan for a living room, den, or family room. Include pictures

(magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to show where the furniture would be placed. Include paint samples and/or wall-treatment samples. Include your 3-ring notebook.

91

• Display a floor plan for a full bathroom (toilet, sink, and shower and/or bathtub). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the fixtures that would be used. We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to show where the fixtures would go. Include paint samples and/or wall-treatment samples, and flooring samples. Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Display a floor plan for a kitchen (including appliances and sink). Include pictures (magazine, appliance brochure, or photographs). We suggest using graph paper to help get the drawing close to scale and to show where the fixtures would go. Include paint samples and/or wall-treatment samples, flooring samples, and cabinet and/or countertop samples. Include your 3-ring notebook.

Portfolio Options for Level 2: • Samples of three different types of wall treatments with an explanation for each.

Examples can include but are not limited to: paint only, wallpaper only, or combination of paint and wallpaper.

• Samples of three different floor treatments (pictures or flooring samples). Examples can include but are not limited to: hardwood, carpet, and/or tile. Include information on the advantages and disadvantages of each. Also include information on where it would be appropriate to use each flooring type.

• Samples of three different cabinet/countertop combinations (pictures or samples). Examples can include but are not limited to: granite, laminate, and/or stainless steel. Include information about the advantages and disadvantages of each.

• An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for your family's home or room(s). List the current energy use along with your plan to conserve energy. Plan should include techniques, how to conserve energy, cost savings, etc. You may add additional rooms or other plans to extend this option over a few years. Include each previous year's work, but be sure that you indicate which information represents the current year's work.

Level C (Grades 9–12) (Two State Fair exhibits from this level.) Exhibit Manual: Home Environment: Design Decisions (University of Nebraska). This one manual is to be used for grades 6–12 as a resource and a reference. Indiana 4-H exhibit options are not listed in the University of Nebraska manual. You are referred to the Indiana 4-H Youth Development website: www.four-h.purdue.edu or your local county 4-H handbook for exhibit option details. Furniture Options for Level 3: Exhibit any of the following items demonstrating color, texture, and/or line and shape that would help complete your room along with your notebook. (See "Furniture Item and Notebook" explanation above.) • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has refinished. • One piece of furniture the 4-H member has changed using decoupage, paint,

fabric, etc. • One cushion or one 2-piece set of cushions, preferably made by the 4-H

member, displayed with intended furniture

92

• One window treatment, including picture of the treatment in use. (Should not be displayed on an actual window; use false walls or plywood no-glass window cutouts, or make special display rods.)

• One piece of furniture that the 4-H member has reupholstered. • One item that you are using for a different purpose than it was originally designed

for (e.g., bed .sheet used to make a window treatment, drawer used as a wall shelf).

• A collection of 3-5 similar items (baskets, wicker items, wicker furniture, bentwood furniture, etc.) that you have made and/or purchased for future use. (For example a collection of baskets made to use as desk accessories or bathroom accessories, outdoor furniture and accessories, etc.)

Design Board Options for Level 3: • Display a floor plan for a child's or teen's bedroom. Include a special "theme"

appropriate for a child or teen (e.g., princess, cartoon character, music group, favorite book, or special hobby). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general measurements included. Include samples of window, wall, and flooring treatments. Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Display a floor plan for a game room or family hobby room (e.g., room with pool table, ping pong table, and/or game table; home theater; or music room). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general measurements included. Include samples of window, wall, and flooring treatments. Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Display a floor plan of master suite (bedroom and bath). Include pictures (magazine or photographs) of the furniture that would be used. Floor plan should be to scale with general measurements included. Include samples of window, wall, and flooring treatments, etc. This exhibit must also include fabric samples (e.g., bedspread, window treatment). Include your 3-ring notebook.

• Display a floor plan of a one- or two-bedroom home or apartment. Include color scheme samples and furniture layouts. Floor plan should be to scale with general measurements included. Window, wall, and flooring treatment samples should be included for each room. (Pictures of furniture are not a requirement.) Include your 3-ring notebook.

Portfolio Options for Level 3: • Samples of three different lighting treatments. Explain how and when each is

appropriate for use. Examples include but are not limited to: overhead, recessed, and table/floor lamps. Include information as it relates to energy use and efficiency.

• Samples of three different types of window treatments. Include information on the use of each kind and in what room each would be appropriate. Include information on the advantages/disadvantages of each. Also, include information as it relates to energy use and efficiency.

93

• Using the same window (size and shape), apply three different types of window treatments. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of each. Explain what type of setting (formal, country, traditional, modern, etc.) would be appropriate for each treatment. Include information related to energy use and efficiency.

• A career plan. Interview an interior designer. Include the advantages and disadvantages of being a professional interior designer. Research two different design schools or training programs. Include the advantages and disadvantages of each program. Include the cost of attaining a degree or completing the program.

• An energy-savings plan. Design an energy-savings plan for your family's home or room(s). List the current energy use along with your plan to conserve energy. Plan should include techniques, how to conserve energy, cost savings, etc. You may add additional rooms or other plans to extend this option over a few years. Include each previous year's work, but be sure that you indicate which information represents the current year's work.

Independent Study Option for Level 3: Youth in grades 9 - 12 have the option of doing an independent study project. Those 4-H members who choose this option must review their ideas with their 4-H Youth Development Extension Educator and/or Home Environment project leader to make sure they have selected an appropriate topic/exhibit.

Microwave County Project

Follow the Purdue Extension Food Safety Policy (11/2013), found at the beginning of “The Scoop”. This project contains exciting youth activities that focus on using the microwave to prepare everything from simple snacks to complete meals. Activities focus on Techniques and Utensils, Nutrition, Food Preparation, and Meal Preparation. Level A: Grade 3 - Microwave Snack Grade 4 - Fudge Level B: Grade 5 - Bar cookies or brownies Grade 6 - Upside down cake Level C: Grade 7 - Fruit Crisp Grade 8 - Coffee Cake Grade 9 - Candy Level D: Grade 10 - Double layer or Bundt cake Grade 11 - Pie Grade 12 - Jam or Jelly For All Levels: Members should complete a minimum of three (3) activities in the project manual each year. Complete exhibits must include the microwaved product, exhibit label and complete written recipe, as well as the project manual.

94

Music County Project

The Pike County 4-H Music project has two goals. The first is to provide 4-H members with an opportunity to learn music, music theory, and instrumentation and increase an appreciation for music and develop each individual’s musical ability. The second is to have FUN! The project has the following divisions:

• Level A – grades 3-4 • Level B – grades 5-6

• Level C – grades 7-9 • Level D – grades 10 and above

For the 4-H Music project, 4-H members at each grade level may choose from three possible exhibit categories: poster, notebook or performance. For judging, the Extension Office must know which exhibit category you will complete! Please let us know as soon as possible, but no later than June 1. Note: If no 4-H members declare an exhibit category by June 1, no Music exhibits or performances will be judged for fair. Any completed projects will receive participation ribbons only. Categories: 1) Poster- standard 22” x 28” poster, displayed horizontally with a firm backing. An

identification tag must be attached in lower right corner. 2) Notebook- must contain the following

1. On the title page, write a paragraph about yourself. You may include something about your hobbies and your family or your hopes for the future. An optional photo of yourself may be attached above the paragraph above the title page.

2. Music Activities Diary (log sheet(s)). These may be handwritten. They may also be records kept by computer. An adult needs to initial your entries.

3. Prepare a list of songs and other materials that you have selected to include in your folder, and tell why you selected them (fun to sing, favorite song, wrote this song, etc.).

4. Place the list on top of materials you have selected for your note book. These may include handwritten or photocopied words of a variety of songs from activities you have done this year or a photocopy of at least 1 piece of music you have enjoyed and/or written. In this section, you may also include programs of activities you have participated in, photos, or descriptions of these events if no program was published. This section of your notebook with copies of songs and other materials should contain at least 2 pages (4 sides), but no more than 10 pages (20 sides).

5. Place the exhibit in a folder. You may attach a wallet size school photo. 6. In the lower right corner attach an exhibit tag.

95

3) Music Performance 1. Performance categories are: Vocal, Piano or Instrument other than Piano. 2. Members may only perform in one category. 3. Accompaniments (live or prerecorded) are acceptable so long as the 4-H’er

is prominent. Accompaniments (live or prerecorded) are not required, but as they enhance the 4-H’ers performance, they are recommended.

4. All performances are judged by level. 5. Performance pieces are the choice of the 4-H member. 6. Please dress appropriately as if for a recital (i.e. no flip-flops, shorts, t-shirts

or revealing outfits). 7. Participants must submit a copy of the performance music for the judge.

Vocalists may submit words only if printed music is not available. You may sing with another singer, but they will not be judged. Number the measures on your music for the judge.

8. Accompaniment may be taped or live. 9. Members must provide their own instruments.

Personality State Fair Project

Level A (Grades 3 and 4): Exhibit a 22" x 28" horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this workbook. Project Completion Recommendations 1. Read and study workbook. 2. Complete 2 - 3 activities in the workbook or create 1 - 2 optional for a total of 3

activities for the grade level. 3. Turn this workbook in to be checked or graded according to the county

requirements Level B (Grades 5 and 6): Exhibit a 22" x 28" horizontal poster explaining one or more of the units in this workbook. Project Completion Recommendations 1. Read and study this workbook. 2. Complete 2 - 3 activities in the workbook or create 1 - 2 optional for a total of 3

activities for the grade level. 3. Turn this workbook in to be check or graded according to the county

requirements. Level C (Grades 7, 8, and 9) Exhibit: • Grade 7 - A 22" x 28" horizontal poster highlighting one community service

organization in the community.

96

• Grade 8 - Develop a brochure explaining the organization mission, purpose, and goals for one community service organization in the community include in a three-ring binder notebook and include how others benefit from this organization's services.

• Grade 9 - A community resource guide in a binder notebook Project Completion Recommendations 1. Read and study this workbook. 2. Complete 2 - 3 activities in the workbook or create 1 - 2 optional for a total of 3

activities for the grade level. 3. Turn this workbook in to be checked or graded according to the county

requirements. Level D (Grades 10, 11, and 12) Exhibit • Grade 10 - A 22" x 28" poster or display board or a binder notebook describing

three possible careers. • Grade 11 - A binder notebook displaying a monthly budget for three months--

income and expenses to live on your own. • Grade 12 - A binder notebook holding an employment portfolio. Project Completion Recommendations 1. Read and study the workbook and other references (check at your libraries for

books and magazines). 2. Complete 2 - 3 activities in the workbook for the grade level. 3. Turn your workbook in to be checked or graded according to county

requirements

Pets (Small Animals) County Project

Note: Small pets include white mice, rats, gerbils, guinea pigs, hamsters, birds, lizards, and other small animals, but no dogs, cats, or rabbits. Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) All Levels: Exhibit one of the following: 1. An animal in one of these classes: (a) Female – any age; (b) Male – any age;

(c) Pair of young animals 2. Poster 3. Action demonstration.

Rules for Live Animal Exhibits 1. Animals will be judged in their habitat (what they live at home).

97

2. Habitats will be considered in judging (size, cleanliness, etc.). 3. Habitat should be fastened securely so no harm will come to animal. 4. Only one entry in each class. 5. You should keep a record and pictures of your animal(s) in case the animal dies

before the fair. A written report can be made (feeding habit, cost of raising animal(s), etc.) to exhibit at the Fair.

6. All Small Animals must be taken home after judging. 7. Record books and manuals will be checked when animals are judged.

Rules for Poster Exhibits 1. Poster must follow general poster requirements 2. Poster should be about your pet, care of your pet, a visit to the vet, habitats of

small animals or your pet or about pets in general. 3. Record books and manuals will be checked when poster is turned in. 4. Poster exhibits will be judged at the same time as animal exhibits.

Photography State Fair Project

Please note: • All members may exhibit Black & White Prints or Color Prints. • Only members in Levels 2 & 3 may exhibit Salon Prints (any type). • Only members in Level 3 may exhibit Videos. 1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member 2. Complete a 4-H Photography Record Sheet each year. 3. Photos must have been taken since the last project entry date of the county fair. 4. All poster exhibits are to be mounted on a background board 22 inches by 28

inches, displayed horizontally, mounted on stiff backing (foam board, corrugated board, thin paneling, thin luan board–keep it thin and light.) and covered with clear acetate/plastic.

5. Place standard identification label in the lower right hand corner on poster boards and salon prints. Place your identification label on your board and under your plastic if at all possible. Label should be placed along the bottom of the slide-view. Leave your county ID tag on the exhibit and place the state fair tag over it for those selected as State Fair Entry.

6. Number photo prints on your print boards 1 to 10. 7. Captions under your photographs are not recommended nor are fluorescent

posters. 8. Salon prints are one print, either Black & White or Color, printed horizontally or

vertically. The print must be mounted on a standard 16 by 20 inch salon mount, displayed vertically and covered with plastic.

9. Sepia tone photographs (mono chromatic) are entered under the Black and White classes.

98

Counties may send two entries from Level One (1), four entries from Level Two (2) and four entries from Level Three (3) for a total of ten exhibits. Being selected as a class winner may not be an automatic State Fair entry. The judge(s) will need to choose the best from each level. Mounting and Labeling: • The mounting may be of any color or texture. The pictures are to be neatly and

securely mounted. Dry mounting tissue is best. • Salon mounts are available in most photo and art supply stores. They are

available either in plain or with a cutout of the picture area. You may make your own. Matting is not required.

• Label each exhibit with either a county designated size exhibit label or 2" x 4" label stating 4-H'ers name, club, township, grade level, and exhibit level/division. It is recommended that this identification label be placed in the lower right-hand corner of your poster board or salon print and under the plastic, if at all possible. For State Fair entries, do not remove the 4-H member's ID label.

Level 1 (Grades 3-5): You choose either type of prints to exhibit and choose to perfect your skills in either or both. You are encouraged to try your hand at both types of film for a broader learning experience. Your prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard development. Black and White Prints: "Capturing Memories" – Exhibit ten (10) black & white pictures, none of which is larger than 4" by 6", nor smaller than 3 1/2" by 5", any subject, mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally, on stiff backing covered with plastic. The poster must carry the title "Capturing Memories". It is recommended that you use and exhibit standard processing size for your prints. See mounting and labeling instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard development. Color Prints: "Experiences in Color" – Exhibit ten (10) color pictures, none of which is larger than 4" by 6", nor smaller than 3 1/2" by 5", any subject, mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered with plastic. The poster must carry the title "Experiences in Color". It is recommended that you use and exhibit standard processing size for your prints. See mounting and labeling instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard development. Level 2 (Grades 6-8): You may choose from the class list below. Black and White Prints: Exhibit ten (10) black & white pictures, none of which is larger than 5" by 7" nor smaller than 2" by 3 1/2", mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered with plastic. The poster must carry the title "Photography is Fun". See mounting and labeling

99

instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard development. Color Prints: Exhibit (10) color pictures, none of which is larger than 5" by 7" nor smaller than 2" by 3 1/2", mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered with plastic. The poster must carry the title "Adventures in Color". See mounting and labeling instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital and/or standard development. Black and White Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) black & white no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended. Color Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) color print no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended. Creative/Experimental Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) black & white and/or color print, or a combination, no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended. See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original photograph (s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps and/or procedures used to create the end product. Level 3 (Grades 9-12): You may choose from the class list below. Black and White Prints: Exhibit ten (10) black & white pictures, none of which is larger than 8" by 10" nor smaller than 2" by 3 1/2", mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally, with stiff backing and covered with plastic. The poster must carry a title; use your own creativity. See mounting and labeling instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital, digitally enhanced and/or standard development. Color Prints: Exhibit ten (10) color pictures, none of which is larger than 8" by 10" nor smaller than 2" by 3 1/2", mounted on a background board 22" x 28", displayed horizontally with stiff backing and covered with plastic. The poster must carry a title; use your own creativity. See mounting and labeling instructions section. Your prints may be a mix of digital, digitally enhanced and/or standard development. Black and White Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) black & white no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended.

100

Color Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) color print no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended. Creative/Experimental Salon Prints: Exhibit one (1) black & white and/or color print, or a combination, no smaller than 7" x 9" nor larger than 11" x 14", printed horizontally or vertically, mounted on a standard 16" x 20" salon mount, displayed VERTICALLY and covered with plastic. No title recommended. See additional notes regarding digital below. Must include original photograph (s) on the back of the board and attach a listing of steps and/or procedures used to create the end product. Video: Exhibit one ½-inch VHS, 8mm videotape or DVD disc on any appropriate subject. There is to be an introductory title and end with credits. Only a 3-5 minute segment will be judged. Have video cued to location for judging. Videotape or DVD must be identified with name of 4-H'er, topic and date of production. Digital Photograph Guidelines 1. All images are to be original images taken by the 4-H member. Photography

exhibits are to be taken by the 4-H members between county project check-in to the next year county project check-in date.

2. Creative/Experimental print sizes must meet the size requirements of your chosen exhibit. It is recommended that the digital image be printed on photographic paper or very high quality copier paper. The paper quality will help in clarity and sharpness.

3. If a photograph taken with a digital camera is just a straight forward photograph with no changes or augmentation, then it would be the same as one for the regular print board or salon print classes. To succeed as a digital image (as a separate classification) something more should be done to the photographic image.

4. Digital Vs. Film: Anything that can be done in a dark room, on an enlarger, can be done on a computer, i.e. cropping, color correction, parallax, etc. If an image is digitally altered beyond what can be done on the enlarger, i.e. adding different background, removing buildings or people, adding text, hand-coloring, etc. it should be entered in the "Creative/Experimental" Class. We realize this will be difficult to enforce. We ask your cooperation. We also realize the person with the expensive digital camera and high powered computer has some advantages. By the same token the person with the expensive large format film camera that takes his processing to a custom lab has many advantages over the person with the inexpensive 35mm camera doing their processing at the local retail store.

101

Plant Science County Project

Division I – Choose at least 5 experiments that interest you. Complete them if possible. Exhibit one of the experiments (listed below) that you have successfully completed. 1. How do plant stems carry water? 2. What are the different parts of a plant? 3. Why do plants need water? 4. How does weather affect plant growth? 5. How does light affect plant growth? 6. How do seeds germinate? 7. How deep should you plant seeds? 8. What affects the direction in which plants grow? 9. How do plants multiply? 10. How do plants move from one place to another? 11. What is soil? 12. How is soil formed? 13. How do we use soil? 14. What are different ways to grow plants?

Division II & Above – Choose at least 3 experiments that interest you. Complete them if possible. Exhibit one of the experiments (listed below) that you successfully completed. 1. How can I grow pineapple? 2. How can I grow a vining indoor foliage plant? 3. How can I start a tree from seed? 4. How can I root softwood or semi-hardwood cuttings? 5. Why is Indiana climate good for growing plants? 6. How do we use plants?

Potato (Irish & Sweet) State Fair Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) All Levels: 1. Irish and Sweet potatoes will be shown as separate classes. 2. Choose one option for your fair exhibit:

• State Fair Eligible Option: Exhibit 24-36 potatoes in a tray that is approximately 12-½ x 18 x 2-½ inches. o Tray may be made of any suitable material (i.e. strong enough to

hold the potatoes.

102

o You must include a label with the common name, Latin name, and variety of the potato you are exhibiting.

o Also include a completed “4-H Potato Project” record sheet, available in the Extension Office.

o After judging, you may take your exhibit home, leaving five (5) potatoes for display during the Fair.

• County Only Option: A poster or notebook on a study of disease, weather effects, land conditions, and/or fertilizer on potato crops. o Follow general poster/notebook guidelines. o Also include a completed “4-H Potato Project” record sheet,

available in the Extension Office.

Recycling County Project

Division I – Complete the activities in the record book. Spread the Word! Encourage others to recycle. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables (such as a bird feeder made from a milk jug) or exhibit a poster. Choose one of the topics below for your recycling poster: 1. What Belongs in Our environment? 2. Pick the Right Resource 3. What is it made from? 4. Solid Waste 5. What is Recycling? 6. What can you recycle? 7. How We Can Save Our Natural Resources 8. The newspaper Cycle 9. Weigh Your Recyclables

Division II – Complete the activities in the record book. Do the Home Survey. Try to involve other members of your family in this activity. The purpose of this activity is to help you finds ways that you and your family can work together to conserve natural resources and energy by reusing and recycling. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables or exhibit a poster that identifies 4 different recycling codes used on plastic packages. Be sure to define the codes. Attach 3 samples of each of the 4 codes you choose and label where the samples came from. Division III – Complete the activities in the record book. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables or exhibit a poster that includes samples of research items. Do your poster on one of the following topics: 1. What is plastic and how is it made? Is it recyclable? Is it a natural or synthetic

resource? 2. What is glass and how is it made? Is it recyclable? Is it natural or synthetic? 3. What is aluminum and how is it made? Is it recyclable? Is it a natural or

synthetic resource? 103

4. What is paper and how is it made? Is it recyclable? Is it a natural or synthetic resource?

5. What is steel and how is it made? Is it recyclable? Is it natural or synthetic resource?

Division IV – Complete the activities in the record book. Set up and use a Home Recycling Center at your home with your parents’ permission and cooperation. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables or exhibit a poster that shows how you set up the recycling center and how well it worked. You can draw and/or take pictures to use on your poster. Also, show where/how you disposed of the collected waste. Division V – Complete the activities in the record book. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables or exhibit a poster that lists the proper procedures for setting up, maintaining, and using a compost pile. You can draw and/or take pictures of your compost pile to use on the poster. Division VI – Complete the activities in the record book. Read the “Tale of Two Shoppers” and answer the questions about the story. Exhibit an item you have made from recyclables or exhibit a poster that is an advertisement to promote recycling. Division VII – Complete the activities in the record book. Interview at least 2 grandparents or other older adults about how things have changed in their lives. Fifty to 100 years ago there were no dumps or transfer stations. You could ask: “What did people do with their leftover food?” “What did they do with their trash?” “What did people do before there were products like Scotch tape, hairdryers, toilet bowl cleaner, soda cans, toothpaste tubes, plastic cups, power lawnmowers, disposable diapers, plastic wrap, vacuum cleaners, or microwave ovens?” Interview questions could be: “What did they use in their everyday lives for food wrappings, toys, clothing, and trash cans?” “How have these items changed through time?” “How do you feel about these changes?” Ask how items were packaged 50 years ago and how they recycled the packaging. Ask about specific items such as coffee grounds, flour sacks, etc. You could also ask about what grocery shopping was like 50 years ago. You may want to discuss “How do changes in technology affect our living habits, our waste habits, our opportunities for recycling and our environment?” For your exhibit, write a research paper or create a poster on your findings, or make an item from recyclables. Division VIII – Complete the activities in the record book. There are several activity sheets in this booklet. Be sure to read and complete them. There is a worksheet of experiments you can do with oil. Be sure to try them. You may want to include the results as part of your research paper or poster. These activity sheets are not a part of your exhibit. For your project, conduct a study of a “car graveyard” to learn what parts of junked cars are reused or recycled. Research how and why we should recycle used oil. Be sure to note hazards to our environment. Find out what recycled

104

oil can be used for. For your exhibit, you may submit a research paper, do a poster or make an item from recyclables. Division IX – Complete the activities in the record book. Interview an industry to find out how they handle their solid wastes. What are the laws in Indiana concerning solid waste disposal by industries? What is Pike County’s plan for solid waste disposal? For your exhibit, you may submit a research paper or a poster on Pike County’s plan for solid waste, or make an item from recyclables. Division X – Complete the activities in the record book. Research hazardous wastes. Do you have hazardous waste in your home? How do you dispose of hazardous waste at home? Do we have hazardous wastes in Pike County” “How are they disposed of?” Interview an industry in Indiana to find out how they handle their hazardous wastes. What are the laws in Indiana concerning hazardous waste disposal? Be thorough in your research. For your exhibit, you may submit a research paper or a poster on Pike County’s Solid Waste Disposal or make an item from recyclables.

Scrapbook County Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) • Each scrapbook album will have a front and back cover with pages firmly

attached between the covers. • Each scrapbook album will have a label with the 4-H member’s name, club,

grade, and division on it. This label will also list the page numbers of the 10 pages to be judged. The page numbers need not be written on the actual album page. The member should count the first page as page 1 and proceed in numerical order. Pages judged must be front and back (1-2, 3-4, etc.) of one page. If no pages are indicated for judging, the judge will look at pages 1-10.

• Each scrapbook will have 10 pages completed for judging. This would be 5 sheets front and back for a total of 10 pages. Only completed pages will be eligible for judging. This means pages with photos, memorabilia, documentation, decoration, etc. Incomplete pages or unfinished pages will not be eligible to count towards your 10 pages total.

• Photos and memorabilia must be included in each scrapbook, but not necessarily on each page (some pages may contain only photos while others may contain only memorabilia). Be sure to include variety in your pages to be judged.

• Neatness counts. Exhibit clean pages with clear writing. Your handwriting is part of your heritage - use it often!

• Using a variety of cropping techniques and page layouts will add interest and creativity to your album. Not everything has to be cropped or “artsy”; use a nice balance, keeping in mind that the main focus is preservation and not how many

105

stickers or fancy papers you can use on a page. Let your pictures and memorabilia be the main focus.

• Keep in mind the proper placement of the photos in your album - you are telling a story, so use chronology (putting things in order of occurrence), or themes to organize your scrapbook.

• Journaling is a must - without it, your photos and memorabilia will be less meaningful over time.

• The scrapbook album must demonstrate a good sense of the entire project and what it means to preserve our memories.

Level A (Grades 3-5) – Label photos and memorabilia with names, dates, places, etc. Exhibit 10 completed pages in album according to requirements and a completed record sheet. Add 10 completed pages to album each division year. Level B (Grades 6-8) – Follow Level A requirements plus capture your memories with captions or words recording the happenings of the photos and memorabilia. Exhibit 10 completed pages in album according to requirements and a completed record sheet. Add 10 completed pages each division year. Level C (Grades 9-12) – Follow Level A and Level B requirements, plus include storytelling - write your thoughts and feelings and tell a complete story or memory on each page. Not every photo has a complete story, so please choose the ones deserving of this extra effort when you are thinking of your page designs. It is okay to put several photos on a page and just use one of them to tell a story. Do label or caption the other pictures on the page. Exhibit 10 completed pages in album according to requirements and a completed record sheet. Add 10 completed pages each division year.

Sewing State Fair Project

Note regarding judging: Sewing will be judged at the Fashion Revue, even if you do not participate in Fashion Revue. It is usually the week before the Fair. Sewing Project Exhibit Cards are required for your exhibit! Cards for each grade level can be picked up at the Extension Office or found at the Indiana 4-H website. The purpose of this project is to learn the use of a sewing machine, how to select fabrics, how to select and alter patterns, plus learn the fundamental techniques of good construction. Project Requirements & Suggestions for all Levels: • You may want to make more garments and articles than those listed in your

manuals. By doing so, you will continue to improve your sewing skills and knowledge.

106

• You may sew garments for other people as well – the project need not be just for you!

• Turn in a completed skills card with each exhibit, listing the specific skills you used on that exhibit.

• Completed record sheets must be turned in when you check in your project. Level A: Grade 3 Include at least 2 of the skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card:

Insert elastic or drawstring Sew and trim a crotch curve Machine topstitch hems

Use a simple seam finish Stitch in the ditch

Exhibit Options • Wearable: Elastic waist shorts, pants OR skirt with fold over casing; no pockets.

Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Simple pillow sham with lapped back opening and purchased

pillow form (following instructions provided in manual) OR simple tote bag with handles or drawstring. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

Level A: Grade 4 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams. Include at least 2 of the skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card: Use interfacing Staystitch and understitch Apply a facing or binding Stitch curved seams

Trim and grade seams Work with fiberfill Machine topstitch hems

Exhibit Options • Wearable: Shorts, pants OR skirt with partial or full sewn-on waistband or

waistline facing, or partial elastic waistband (not a full elastic waistband) OR simple shirt or top or BBQ apron. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

• Non-wearable: Shaped pillow with curved seams, stuffed and sewn closed OR hanging pocket organizer OR bound edge placemats (set of 4). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 925c-W) to the exhibit.

Level B: Grade 5 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits). Interfacing, under stitching and trimming should be used when appropriate. Choose at least 3 additional skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card for each sewn exhibit:

107

http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/downloads/Sewing/4-H%20925C-W%20Sewing%20Grade%203-4%20Skills%20Card.pdf




Match fabric design Gather fabric Insert a zipper Use a drawstring Hand-stitch a hem Sew a simple sleeve Apply purchased trim or ribbons Sew patch or inseam pockets Use a simple lining

Do a machine-blind hem Apply machine topstitching Do a machine topstitched hem Sew with knit Insert elastic Apply facings Sew buttons Apply binding Use batting

Exhibit Options • Wearable: Simple shirt with sleeves OR sundress OR jumper OR simple 2 piece

pajamas. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Pillow lap quilt (quillow) OR structured duffel bag, tote bag or

backpack, OR sewn hat. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit. Level B: Grade 6 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits). Interfacing, under stitching and trimming should be used when appropriate. Choose at least 4 additional skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card for each sewn exhibit: Make darts Set in sleeves Insert a lapped zipper Hand-stich a hem Make buttonholes Sew tucks or pleats Sew ruffles Hand sew buttons Apply trim Sew a simple lining Sew patch pockets Apply bindings Do a machine topstitched hem

Sew facings Apply ribbings Sew a simple collar Do a machine blind hem Sew with knit Match fabric design Use fiberfill Apply machine applique Insert piping Apply machine topstitching Construct with a serger Sew inseam pockets

Exhibit Options: • Wearable: Two (2) garments that can be worn together. Attach Sewing Skills

Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Pillow sham with button or zipper closing, appliquéd design,

piping or ruffle. Make your own pillow form OR tote bag with zipper or duffel bag with zipper, pockets and lining OR doll or pet clothes OR construction techniques sample notebook (following instructions provided in the manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 926C-W) to the exhibit.

108

http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/downloads/Sewing/4-H%20926C-W%20Sewing%20Grade%205%20Skills%20Card.pdf




Level C: Grade 7 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits). Interfacing, under stitching, and trimming should be used when appropriate. Choose at least 5 additional skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card for each sewn exhibit: Make darts Set in sleeves Sew facing Apply ribbing Apply a collar Sew on buttons Use doll joints Apply inseam pockets Apply front hip pockets Match fabric design Apply trims Apply machine or hand appliqué Apply machine topstitching Insert a lapped zipper Insert an invisible zipper Insert a separating zipper Insert a fly front zipper

Do machine quilting Do a hand-stitched hem Do a machine topstitched hem Do a machine blind hem Attach cuffs Apply binding Sew lining Apply ruffles Insert piping Make buttonholes Use fiberfill Apply patch pockets Use a twin needle Apply tucks/pleats Construct with a serger Apply machine embroidery

Exhibit Options: • Wearable: School or sports outfit. Can be one or more pieces. Attach Sewing

Skills Card (4-H 927C-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Dressed, jointed (with sockets) stuffed animal OR sewn item for

holiday or special occasion OR construction techniques sample notebook (following instructions provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 927C-W) to the exhibit.

Level C: Grades 8 & 9 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits and non-raveling specialty fabrics).Interfacing, under stitching and trimming should be used when appropriate. In addition, choose at least 6 of the skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card for each sewn exhibit: Make darts Make tucks Add lining Add facings Add plackets Add lapels

Make sleeves Add gathers Apply trim Apply ribbing Add a drawstring Use shaped seams

109




Use fiberfill Add a waistband Add patch pockets Add front hip pockets Match fabric design Make shoulder pads Attach cuffs Make pleats Insert elastic Add boning Apply a collar Insert piping Make a neckband Add vents Sew buttons Add underlining Add ruffles Sew with knit Make button loops Do hand beading Add inseam pockets

Add welt pockets Use twin needle Create bound edges Do machine or hand quilting Apply machine or hand applique Apply machine topstitching Insert an invisible zipper Insert a separating zipper Insert a fly front zipper Insert a lapped zipper Insert a handpicked zipper Do a machine topstitched hem Do a machine blind hem Do a hand-stitched hem Make self-covered buttons Use specialty threads Make self-enclosed seams Sew with difficult fabric Make machine buttonholes Make bound buttonholes Apply machine embroidery

Exhibit Options: • Wearable: Same as fashion revue categories. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H

928C-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Sewn items for your home OR construction techniques sample

notebook OR sewing machine survey. (Following instructions provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928C-W) to the exhibit.

Level D: Grades 10-12 Seam finishes are recommended on all exposed seams (except knits and non-raveling specialty fabrics). Interfacing, under stitching and trimming should be used when appropriate. In addition, choose at least 6 of the skills listed on the Sewing Project Exhibit Card for each sewn item: Make darts Make tucks Add lining Add facings Add plackets Add lapels Make sleeves Add gathers Apply trim

Apply ribbing Add a drawstring Use shaped seams Use fiberfill and/or batting Add a waistband Add patch pockets Add front hip pockets Match fabric design Make shoulder pads

110

http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/downloads/Sewing/4-H%20928C-W%20Sewing%20Grade%208%20and%20Above%20Skills%20Card.pdf



Apply machine embroidery Coordination of fabric for quilted

item Attach cuffs Make pleats Insert elastic Add boning Apply a collar Insert piping Make a neckband Add vents Sew buttons Add underlining Add ruffles Sew with knit Make button loops Do hand beading Add inseam pockets Add welt pockets Use twin needle Create bound edges Hand/machine beading

Make a reversible item Do machine or hand quilting Apply machine or hand appliqué Apply machine topstitching Insert an invisible zipper Insert a separating zipper Insert a fly front zipper Insert a lapped zipper Insert a hand picked zipper Do a machine topstitched hem Do a machine blind hem Do a hand-stitched hem Make self-covered buttons Use specialty threads Make self-enclosed seams Sew with difficult fabric Construct with a serger Make machine buttonholes Make bound buttonholes Piece quilted item Other skills not listed above

Exhibit Options: • Wearable: Same as fashion revue categories. Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H

928C-W) to the exhibit. • Non-wearable: Sewn items for your home OR construction techniques sample

notebook OR sewing machine survey. (Following instructions provided in manual). Attach Sewing Skills Card (4-H 928C-W) to the exhibit.

Advanced Sewing Wearable Exhibits (Levels C & D) Definition of an Outfit: An outfit is a garment or garments that when put together make a complete look - such as one or two piece dress, or one or two piece pant suit, or a three piece combination, such as pants, vest, and blouse or shirt. A 4-H member may exhibit more than one outfit, but only one outfit per category. Categories: • Informal or Casual Wear: A complete outfit of 1 or 2 pieces suitable for school,

weekend, or casual, informal activities. • Dress Up: This is suitable for special, church, or social occasions that are not

considered to be formal. It may be an outfit of one or more pieces with or without its own costume coat or jacket (lined or unlined). This is not an outfit that would be worn to school, weekend, or casual, informal activities.

• Free Choice:A complete outfit comprised of garments that do not fit in the other classifications. Examples include: tennis wear, swim wear, athletic sportswear,

111




lounge wear, riding habits, historic, dance, theatrical, or international costumes, capes, and unlined coats.

• Suit or Coat: The suit consists of two pieces including a skirt or pants and its own lined jacket. It is not a dress with jacket as in "dress up wear". The coat is a separate lined coat. It will be judged separately as a coat with its own accessories.

• Separates: Consists of three garments that must be worn as a coordinated complete outfit. Each piece should be versatile enough to be worn with other garments.

• Formal Wear: This outfit may be one or more pieces suitable for any formal occasion, such as proms, weddings, and formal evening functions.

Sewing For Fun County Project

Sewing for Fun is designed to encourage creativity and sewing skills. It is more flexible than the traditional 4-H Sewing project. Imagination, creativity, unusual techniques and skills are encouraged. It is a sewing project that should be fun! Project Levels Level A: Grades 3-5 Level B: Grades 6-8 Level C: Grades 9-12 Exhibit Requirements 1. Item(s) must be primarily hand or machine sewn, but technique should be

appropriate for the item. Techniques, such as decorative needlework or quilting, will be judged as a part of the item’s construction. It does not have to be an item of clothing.

2. Gluing or painting will not be judged as a part of the item’s construction. This is a sewing project, not a craft project. These items may, however, affect the overall appearance and ribbon placement.

3. The item(s) must have been constructed by the 4-H member since the previous fair and have never been judged as part of any other 4-H project.

4. You may only exhibit in one category. 5. Specify which category your item is in. Items which best fit within a craft category

should be entered there and will not be eligible for Sewing for Fun project. Items which would also be suitable for completing the 4-H Sewing (clothing construction) projects should be entered there.

6. Participation in Fashion Revue is optional if you made a clothing item for yourself. Exhibit Categories: You may only exhibit in one category! • Sewing for Me – Construct an item for yourself. • Sewing for Others – Construct an item for a friend, relative, or pet. • Show Your School Colors – Construct an item which shows your school spirit.

112

• Show Your Red, White and Blue – Construct an item which carries out your interpretation of the theme.

• Embellishing a Ready Made Garment – Use your sewing machine to creatively enhance a ready-made garment.

• Designs Your Way – This includes any sewn on garment embellishment or redesigned purchased garment.

Shooting Sports State Fair Project

The rules listed below are the State Fair guidelines. All possible State Fair exhibits must meet these rules. Please note that the Shooting Sports instructors have additional requirements for completing the Shooting Sports program. The 4-H Shooting Sports project teaches safe operation of firearms and archery equipment. Volunteer instructors must be certified at a workshop. Six disciplines are offered at the state level: archery, hunting, muzzle loading, pistol, rifle, and shotgun. The disciplines offered in any county will depend on the availability of certified 4-H shooting sports instructors to teach the classes, ranges, and equipment. Exhibit Introduction Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in shooting sports education this year. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28", mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Title your exhibit with one of the following: Archery, Hunting, Muzzle loading, Pistol, Rifle, Shotgun, or Shooting Sports. You can use a subtitle, if you wish. Important Notes:

• Firearms or bows are not allowed to be exhibited • Live ammunition is not allowed to be exhibited (no powder or primer) • Modern broad head arrows are not allowed to be exhibited • Arrows and arrowheads must be displayed in a case. • Displays involving firearms or bows may be exhibited as a photographic

display on a poster or in a notebook following grade level guidelines. • Handmade items must include information explaining how the project was

made and its intended use. Photos are encouraged. Exhibit Requirements Level A (Grades 3-5) (May have one State Fair entry per county.) Display a poster showing what was learned in the 4-H Shooting Sports project.

113

Level B (Grades 6-8) (May have one State Fair entry per county.) Choose one of the following options. Exhibits MUST meet the size restrictions or be presented in a notebook.

1. Poster 2. Small project or model no larger than 18 x 18 x 36 inches. 3. Notebook, showing how a shooting sports item was made, or project

completed. Level C (Grades 9-12) (May have one State Fair entry per county.) Choose one of the following options.

1. Poster 2. Project or model (any size) and explanation of costs and procedure. 3. Notebook, showing how a shooting sports item was made, or project

completed. Independent Study (Grades 9 – 12) (May have one State Fair entry per county.)

• Advanced topic - Learn all you can about an advanced shooting topic and present it on a poster and/or in a notebook. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Shooting Sports - Independent Study"

• Mentoring - exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Shooting Sports - Mentor.

Small Grains (Wheat, Oats, Rye, Barley & Triticale) County Project

Beginner Level (suggested for grades 3 & 4) Do a minimum of 3 activities (15 to choose from) each year. You may repeat one activity from the first year by using a different grain. Intermediate Level (suggested for grades 5-7) Do a minimum of 4 activities (15 to choose from) each year. You may repeat one activity from earlier years. Do not conduct an activity more than 2 times with the same grain. Advanced Level (suggested for grades 8-12) Do a minimum of 5 activities (15 to choose from) each year. You may repeat one activity from earlier years. Do not conduct an activity more than 2 times with the same grain.

114

Exhibit suggestions: Exhibit one of the 7 following options and one gallon (in an appropriate container) of the small grain used in the activity. (An exhibit may be repeated one time provided a different small grain is used as the subject.) 1. “The Parts of a Plant” (see manual). Display a full-grown small grain plant

(including roots), with the plant parts correctly identified and labeled with 3”x5” cards.

2. “The Effects of Moisture and Temperature on Seed Germination” (see Activity 4). Display the experiment set up as run (or actual experiment if possible) plus a poster* or notebook* summarizing the results from the grain you tested.

3. “The Effects of Plant Competition and Growth” (see Activity 5). Display your actual experiment plus a poster* or notebook* summarizing your conclusions based on the results produced.

4. “The Effects of Planting Depth (see Activity 6). Display your actual experiment plus a poster* or notebook* based on the results produced.

5. “The Effects of Soil Types and Growth” (see Activity 7). Display your actual experiment plus a poster* or notebook* summarizing your conclusions based on the results produced.

6. “Role of Small Grains in the Consumer’s Life (see Activity 14 & 15). Create a display of a minimum of 10 products (edible and non-edible) that come from one of the small grains you studied. Your display may be the actual product or pictures. On a 3”x5” card give each product’s name and its use. Notebook* or poster* would be acceptable.

7. “Comparative Analysis.” Using your results from Activities 4, 5, 6, or 7, see if there are any differences between grains. Display results in a manner that comparisons are easily made. List your reasons as to why differences did or did not occur.

*Note: All posters must follow the general guidelines. The notebook may be a 3-ring type, which could be sectioned and simply added to each year forming a scrapbook of your entire 4-H Small Grains completed activities.

Soil & Water Conservation State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the soil and water conservation project this year. Poster exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28", mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and create a poster based on what you learned from the activity. Use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative subtitle if you wish. Level A (Grades 3 & 4): Display a poster based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual:

115

• (1a) Designer Soils: Show how you completed this experiment and what you found. Include results of "discovery" questions (found on page 2) and photos of your experiment on the poster.

• (4a) Grasses are Great!: Make a poster as described in this activity. Include answers to the "discovery" questions (found on pg. 15). Display pictures or samples of each grain on your poster. Explain how grasses need soil and water to grow.

• (5a) Water Erosion in a Box: Show how you completed this experiment and explain what you found. Include answers to "discovery" questions (found on pg. 20) and photos of your experiment. Include an explanation of water erosion.

• (5b) Splash Erosion: Show how you completed this experiment and explain what you found. Include photos of your experiment. Include an explanation of splash erosion.

• (6c) Conservation Reporter: Interview at least one adult using the questions given in the activity (pg. 27) and any others that seem appropriate. Include interview questions and answers on your poster. Include photographs (5 x 7 or smaller) of both the person(s) you interviewed and the conservation practice(s).

Level B (Grades 5 & 6): Display a poster based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual: • (4a) Dried Fruit Snacks: Show how you completed this activity. Include your data

sheet (copy or make your own) and show your calculations. • (5a) Figuring Factors of Soil Erosion: Show how different soil surface factors

affect erosion. Include your answers to the questions in the activity and pictures or drawings.

• (6a) How Do Conservation Practices Work? Follow the poster requirements given in the manual.

• (7b) Cabbage Juice pH indicator: Show how acidity varies in different substances. Include the table (copy or make your own.)

• (10a) Conservation Celebrities: Interview four people with different conservation careers as described in your manual. Take pictures of each person you interview.

Level C (Grades 7, 8 & 9): Display a poster or build a model no larger than 36” x 36” based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual. • (2a) Where in the World is Carmen Sandy Loam?: Exhibit the items that you

created in doing this activity, as explained in the manual. • (5a) Use the USLE!: Show fairgoers how to Use the USLE. Include your

worksheet. • (6b) Cover Me!: Show how surface cover can be estimated using the simple

method given in this activity and describe one other method used (from Get Real!).

• (8a) Frogs, Dragonflies, and Cattails: Show what you did and what you learned in completing this activity. Pictures or drawings can help tell the story

• (8b) Marsh Modeling: Build a model, collage, or diorama showing a wetland as required in your manual.

116

• (9a) Build a Sec chi Disk: Show how you built and used your Sec chi Disk. Include your expenses (copy the chart or make your own). Include a picture or drawing of your disk.

Level D (Grades 10, 11 & 12): Display a poster or build a model no larger than 36” x 36” based on one of the following activities from your 4-H manual. • (1a) Nominate a State Soil: Exhibit your nomination for a state soil. Include any

materials you prepared and who you shared your nomination with. • (1b) Positive Progress: Show what is being done in your community to conserve

soil. Include answers to the questions given in the activity. • (2a) Mini-monoliths: Prepare and display three mini-monoliths. • (2c) Clod Comparisons: Compare two different soils as described in the activity.

Include your density measurements and calculations. Use the tables given or make your own. Answer the Discovery Questions.

• (3a) Earthworm Census: Compare earthworm populations in soils under two different management practices. Answer the questions in the activity.

• (3b) Soil Slides: Display the results of your soil slide experiment. Give your hypothesis, results, and conclusions.

• (6a) Write a Conservation Plan: Exhibit your base map, overlays, tables, and other information you compiled to complete this activity.

• (6b) Make a Model: Make a model of a watershed representing plants, soils, water, at least three conservation practices, and other structures.

Independent Study (Grades 9-12) : Choose one of the following to exhibit. • Advanced Topic: Learn all you can about a soil/water topic of your choice and

present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Soil & Water Conservation - Independent Study."

• Mentoring: Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Soil & Water Conservation - Mentor."

Soybeans County Project

Division I – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster including:

a. Title, “Germination of the Soybean Seed.” b. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) of your experiment. Label each picture

and glue to poster. c. One dry rag doll (soybean germination test). Mount near the bottom of the

poster to show one item used in the test. 117

d. Sample of dry soybean seed to show the condition of the seed before the germination test was run.

e. Seedlings from the germination study, if possible. f. Show your calculations.

2. A poster which includes the following: a. Title – “Using the Soybean.” b. A flow chart, like the one on page 27 of the manual, using real material rather

than a drawing. Examples are soybeans in a plastic container; soybean oil in a clear bottle; and labels from cans, bottles, or boxes showing that soybean oil or protein is an ingredient.

3. One peck of soybeans displayed in an appropriate container. Attach to the container a 3”x5” card with the following information: hybrid used, date planted, date harvested, population, fertilizer, and row width.

Division II – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster with the following information:

a. Title – “The Effect of Light and Darkness on Flowering.” b. A brief description about the purpose of your experiment. c. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) to illustrate your work and to describe the

equipment, including a picture of plants that were covered when each plant began to flower. Before taking the pictures, label card-board signs showing the date of first flower and plant height. Place the signs in the row and take your pictures.

d. Information about Step 8 in the activity. 2. A poster with the following information:

a. Title – “Soybean Plant Nutrient Deficiencies.” b. A short story (50-100 words) explaining the purpose of your experiment. c. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) of plants from each soil group (include

close-up pictures showing nutrient deficiency symptoms). d. Observations of plants in your experiment (see Step 4).

3. A poster with the information and materials from Activity 14 in your manual. 4. One peck of soybeans displayed in an appropriate container. Attach to the

container a 3”x5” card with the following information: hybrid used, date planted, date harvested, population, fertilizer, and row width.

Division III – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster with the following information:

a. Title – “Difference in Flowering Among Soybean Varieties.” b. A short description (50-100 words) about the purpose of your exhibit. c. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) of the 3 soybean varieties taken when

they began to flower. Before you take the pictures, label cardboard signs showing variety name, date of flowering, and plant height. Place the signs near the plant and then take your pictures.

2. A poster with the following information and materials: a. Title – “How Planting Dates Affect Soybean Yields.”

118

b. A step-by-step story of how you conducted the experiment. Include the information asked for in Step 3 of Activity 6.

c. Photographs or drawings (approximately 4”x5”) to illustrate what you did. 3. A poster with the following information and materials:

a. Title – “Preparing Soybeans for Home Use.” b. The recipe you used for the products you prepared. c. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) showing how you prepared the products.

(Suggestion: Prepare 2 or more products from soybeans. Seal them in sanitary containers so the products are visible. Display them in front of your poster.)


Division IV & Above – Exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster with the following information and materials:

a. Title – “Soybean Herbicide Survey Study” or “Soybean Disease Study.” b. A short story (50-100 words) about the purpose of your experiment. c. Photographs (approximately 4”x5”) or magazine pictures of weeds, insects,

or soybean diseases, depending on your experiment. Show what damage occurred and give suggestions for its control.

d. Line or mount specimens of insects, weed, or diseases (optional). 2. A poster with the following information and materials:

a. Title – “Measuring Soybean Harvest Losses.” b. A step-by-step story of how you conducted your experiment. c. Photographs or drawings (approximately 4”x5”) to illustrate what you did. d. Information asked for in Step 4 of the experiment from Activity 12. e. The tool you used to determine the losses.


Sportfishing State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the sport fishing project this year. Posters are displayed horizontally, 22" x 28," and mounted on a firm backing and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include your exhibit label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and create a poster based on what you learned from the activity. Use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if you wish. Level 1 (Grades 3-5): Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities.

119

• Let’s Go Fishing!: Complete the Angling Self Assessment and practice landing a fish as described in Playing a Fish. Display your self assessment to show what you currently know about fishing and indicate what you hope to learn in this project. Draw or take photos of you "Playing a Fish."

• Pop Can Casting: Display a photo of you casting your pop can rig and your casting record. Optional - display a photo of you casting a regular fishing rig and your casting record with that rig.

• Hook, Line, and Sinker: Display at least two the rigs listed in Fishing Deeper, #1. You can use a drawing or a picture to show these rigs. Answer the questions (Casting Out, Working the Lure, Setting the Hook, and Landing the Fish) on your exhibit.

• Fishy Baits: Complete and display cards similar to those shown (natural baits, prepared bait, and artificial flies and lures). Answer the Casting Out questions on your exhibit.

• Which Fish Is It?: Copy the pages in your manual and use the fish and the crossword puzzle. Identify the fish and make a display that shows the correct answers in the puzzle. (Optional - enlarge the crossword puzzle).

Level 2 (Grades 6-8): Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities. • A Different Spin: Display a picture of you while casting and a completed Casting

Record and Spinning Reel Parts diagram. Also, answer the Working the Lure and Setting the Hook questions. (You may copy the ones in your manual or make your own.)

• A Fine Kettle of Fish: Show a drawing or photograph of you cooking fish. Include your recipe and, if possible, pictures of you cleaning and/or cooking your fish.

• Clean Up The Litterbug: Complete and display the chart shown on page 16. Draw or take a photo of the fishing place that you cleaned up (before and after).

• The Wooly Bugger: Take pictures or make drawings to show how a woolly bugger is made. Answer the Casting Out and Working the Lure questions.

• A Fish by Design: Draw, take pictures, or find pictures on the Internet or in magazines to show (and identify) different mouth/feeding fish, body shapes, and fish with different coloration. Briefly explain (3-5 sentences or bullet points) why fish have different mouths, body shapes, and coloration.

Level 3 (Grades 9-12): Exhibit a poster based on one of the following activities. • A Reel Mess: Draw, take photos, or copy the reels shown in Cleaning a Reel.

Label the reels, the parts of each reel, and where you might use it. Show how you cleaned a reel using pictures or drawings.

• Designing a Skillathon Station: Make two skillathon stations (you may use the suggestions on page 9 or another fishing topic of your choice). List the topic, realistic situation, task, and materials needed. Take photographs of younger 4-H members using your stations.

120

• Beads, Dog Hair, and Feathers: Collect materials and tie a fly. You can display your fly or a picture of the fly. Also, list and draw or take pictures of the 7 materials in the matching game and indicate their potential use.

• Collecting Aquatic Insects: Complete and display the chart on page 18 (you may copy the chart in your book or make your own). Draw or take pictures of your kick net and your sampling procedures. Answer the questions in Casting Out and Working the Lure.

• Cast Into the Future: Complete the Career Investigation Record after talking with someone currently working in an area related to fish or fishing. Include a picture of the person you interviewed and answer the questions in Casting Out, Working the Lure, Setting the Hook, and Landing the Fish.

• Keep a Field Journal: Reproduce or copy 3-5 Field Journal entries on your display. Include photographs that show where you had the fishing experience, if possible.

• Playing Know Your Fish: Make a "flap" quiz to teach fish facts. Show a picture or ask a question about a fish. Give the answer(s) under the flap. Choose 5 - 10 fish using at least 5 fish from your manual. Be sure to list multiple species if the information you provide applies to more than one of the species you choose.

Independent Study (Grades 9-12): Exhibit one of the following. • Advanced Topic: Learn all you can about a sport fishing topic of your choice and

present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Sport Fishing - Independent Study".

• Mentoring: Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Sport Fishing - Mentor."

Sports County Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) All Levels – Exhibit a poster on one of the following sport areas: Baseball; Basketball; Bowling; Camping; Diving; Fishing; Football; Golf; Hockey; Skating; Soccer; Softball; Swimming; Snow Skiing; Tennis; Track; Water Skiing; & Wrestling. Note: Sports area may only be used one time. Do a different sport each division year.

121

Tractors State Fair Project

Level A (Grades 3-4): Starting Up: Getting to Know Your Tractor - The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the subject matter content found in the Level A manual. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters • Notebook report • Display board: display boards differ from a poster in that real objects are normally

used rather than drawings or pictures. Three-dimensional items are attached to the board.

• Action Demonstration Level B (Grades 5-6): Tractor Operation: Gearing Up for Safety - The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the subject matter content found in the Level A or B manuals. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters • Notebook report • Display board: display boards differ from a poster in that real objects are normally


• Action Demonstration Level C (Grades 7-9): Moving Out: Learning About Your Tractor and Farm Machinery - The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the subject matter content found in the Level A, B or C manuals. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters • Notebook report • Display board: display boards differ from a poster in that real objects are normally


• Action Demonstration Level D (Grades 10-12): Learning More: Learning About Agricultural Tractors & Equipment - The subject matter content for the exhibit must correspond to the subject matter content found in the Level A, B, C or D manuals. Choose one of the following to exhibit at the fair: • Posters • Notebook report • Display board: display boards differ from a poster in that real objects are normally


• Action Demonstration

122

Travelogue County Project

Travelogue is designed to help you learn to plan and record a trip, whether it is a day trip or a longer getaway. The Travelogue exhibit for each grade level will be a three-ring notebook (binder), containing the listed items. Judging will be based on: completeness (50%), creativity (30%), and neatness (20%). Beginner (Grades 3-5) – Your notebook should include the following: • Completed record sheets - REQUIRED • Individual packing list • Map of route, including roads, principal cities, etc. • Research on the interest stops of your trip. Place the interest stops in the order

that you visited them. • Journal or story • When possible, include pictures or other mementos of each interest stop. These

should include captions or labels, and be placed within the research. • Personal expenses compared to budget Intermediate (Grades 6-8) – Your notebook should include the following: • Completed record sheets - REQUIRED • Individual packing list • Family or group expenses compared to budget • Itinerary • Map of route, including roads, principal cities, etc. • Research on the interest stops of your trip. Place the interest stops in the order

that you visited them. • Journal or story • When possible, include pictures or other mementos of each interest stop. These

should include captions or labels, and be placed within the research. • Family or group expenses compared to budget Advanced (Grades 9-12) – Your notebook should include the following: • Completed record sheets - REQUIRED • Family or group packing list • Family or group budget, including cost comparison of different modes of

transportation or lodging • Itinerary • Map of route, including roads, principal cities, etc. • Research on the interest stops of your trip. Place the interest stops in the order

that you visited them. • Check list to get ready to go, such as holding mail and if driving, car check list • Journal or story • When possible, include pictures or other mementos of each interest stop. These

should include captions or labels, and be placed within the research

123

Veterinary Science State Fair Project

Note: Attach securely on the back side of all posters your vet’s name and address on a 3”x5” card. The 4-H Veterinary Science Project provides youth a fun and hands-on learning experience that helps them learn more about the Veterinary Science profession, and opportunities for careers in animal health. Subjects such as general health care, physiology, anatomy and careers are presented in the curricular materials, through workshops such as Science Workshops for Youth, and through hands on experiences with local veterinarians. Youth also have the opportunity to develop responsibility, decision making and communication skills through active participation in the 4-H Veterinary Science Project. Exhibit Introduction 4-H veterinary science exhibits should be educational in nature covering one (1) or more of the topics presented in the members' manual and/or found in the 4-H Veterinary Science Leaders Guide. An educational exhibit is one that should be able to teach other people about your topic. Chose a topic you think is interesting and apply your imagination. All 4-H members developing veterinary science 4-H fair exhibits should consult with their 4-H veterinary science leaders for further details, helpful ideas, and additional sources for reference. Exhibit Requirements Level 1 (Grades 3-5) - Turn in your completed record sheets to finish the project and to be eligible for 4-H Fair exhibit and exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3. 2. Do an action demonstration. See guidelines for action demonstrations.

Level 2 (Grades 6-8) – Turn in your completed record sheets to finish the project and to be eligible for 4-H Fair exhibit and exhibit one of the following: 1. A poster related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3. 2. A display related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3. (Display should be no larger than

36”x36”x36”.) 3. A quiz board related to Chapter 1, 2, or 3. (Display should be no larger than

36”x36”x36”.) 4. Do an action demonstration. See guidelines for action demonstrations.

Grades 9-12 – Turn in your completed record sheets to finish the project and to be eligible for 4-H Fair exhibit and exhibit one of the following: 1. Develop and assemble a teaching aid. Display teaching aid and 2-page typed

report. 2. Develop a project in conjunction with a veterinarian. Display the project with a

report of the results, recommendations, findings, and conclusions. 3. Write a one page outline of a workshop or demonstration you presented.

124

Wearable Art County Only Project

Levels Level A (Grades 3-5) Level B (Grades 6-8) Level C (Grades 9-12) All Levels: 1. Attach a 3x5-inch card to your project which briefly describes the exhibit in terms

of what techniques you used and its purpose. 2. Designs may be applied to a purchased or constructed item of apparel. 3. A project cannot be added to from year to year. That is, each year’s exhibit must

be different from and separate from previous exhibits. Level A: Start out simple by trying just one technique. Create your design on one item, such as a t-shirt, sweatshirt, or apron. Level B: You should use two to three different techniques and/or use a more difficult design for your garment. Choose a design with additional colors and methods of application on one garment, such as a shirt, vest or skirt. Level C: You should use three to five different techniques and/or a very difficult design for your item. Create your design on a garment such as a jacket, pair of pants or a complete outfit. Consider making your own garment; however, this is not a requirement for this level.

Weather State Fair Project

Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the weather project this year. All exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28" foam-core board or poster board mounted on a firm backing, and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, 4-H club, and county. Level A: Grades 3 and 4 (One State Fair entry per county) Choose one of the following options. (Note, record sheets are available from the 4-H website: http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm) • Grade 3: "4-H Weather Project - Level 1" (title is on the poster). Exhibit the

colored Weather Poster with the following items identified: weather vane, wind sock, airport, wind cone, airplane, helicopter, thermometer, rain gauge, stop watch, and meteorologist. In the lower right corner (Attach Weather Information Sheet Here) make a sheet titled "Weather Instruments" and explain how the following help us study weather: meteorologist, airplane, rain gauge, thermometer, weather balloon, weather vane, and wind sock.

125

• Grade 4: Title: "Experiments with Weather-makers." Explain two (2) of the Experiments with Weather-makers (pp 3-7) using text and drawings or pictures to create an educational poster. Title your exhibit: Experiments with Weather-Makers. Record weather information for at least two weeks on the Weather Information Sheet (4-H 346a-W) and attach it to your poster.

Level B: Grades 5 and 6 (One State Fair entry per county) • Grade 5: Title: "My Weather Instrument." Use pictures (drawn or photographs)

and descriptive text to show how to make and use one of the weather instruments described in your manual (4-H 379). Title your exhibit: How to Make and Use a Weather Instrument. Use your home-made instrument and display the data you collected for one week using your weather instrument. You can make your own weather data sheet or download 4-H 379b-W, available from the 4-H website http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm)

• Grade 6: Title: "Three Weather Instruments." Make or purchase weather instruments and collect data as indicated in the Weather Record and follow the exhibit instructions. (4-H 379, pages 12 and 13). Title your exhibit: Weather Instruments. Include two Weather Record Sheets 4-H 379C-W available from the 4-H website (http://www.four-h.purdue.edu/4-H_search/4h_search.cfm) and photographs of three of your weather instruments, as described in Weather II manual. Home-made instruments are preferred.

Level C: Grades 7-9 (One State Fair entry per county) Create an educational exhibit describing one of the following weather topics (also on page 10 of your project manual). Use your creativity, originality, and your own words. Do not just copy out of the books or off the Internet. When using words or pictures from books or the Internet, you must list your references! Pictures that you have taken are preferred, especially when exhibiting information about clouds. Title your exhibit, Weather III, with a subtitle listing the topic you chose. Special note for Grade 7 only: include "Signs I Have Seen" (4-H 399, page 13). Grade 7 (only): include "Signs I Have Seen" (4-H 399, page 13). • How clouds are formed • Rain-Snow-Sleet-Lightning (or similar topic) • Damages caused by weather • Safety procedures and weather • Cloud seeding • Seasons • Formation of fronts • An interview with a Meteorologist • Differences between F-scale and EF-scale tornado ratings. Level D: Grades 10-12 (One State Fair entry per county) Exhibit one of the following (station model, independent study, or mentoring):

126

Winter or Summer Sequence Station Model: Follow the daily forecast sequence in your manual (page 14 & 23, 4-H 426). Title your poster exhibit, "Weather IV" and subtitle "Winter Weather Sequence" OR "Summer Weather Sequence" (depending on which you did). Use the correct information and symbols for the 7 entries listed below (only), or your poster will be too crowded and difficult for viewers to read.

1. Wind direction and speed 2. Cloud cover in station circle 3. Visibility 4. Present weather 5. Air temperature 6. Dew point temperature 7. Pressure tendency

Independent Study: Learn all you can about a weather topic and present it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the works cited to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Weather - Independent Study" Mentoring: Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Weather - Mentor."

Weeds State Fair Project

Division 1 – Exhibit Requirements: 1. Collect and identify 15 different weeds from the common and/or invasive plants of

Indiana. Your collection of weeds must be taken from the list of common weeds in publication 4-H 247 – W. Be aware that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the year. Each specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf, stem, and root characteristics, all of which are necessary for complete and accurate identification.

2. Press weeds (see page 4, 4-H 247–W). 3. Mount each individual weed on 8½x11-inch poster board by either taping or gluing

the plant to the poster board 4. Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with cellophane or clear

sheet plastic or put it in a plastic sheet protector. Place the pages in a three–ring binder (punch holes of adequate size to allow easy turning of the pages in the binder).

5. Label (label size, 1½x2-inches) each weed as to: • Name of weed (common and scientific names – remember to italicize or

underline scientific names) • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.) • How it reproduces (seed and/or underground root parts)

127

6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247A–W, and put a copy of the record sheet in your notebook.

7. In year two, exhibit a different set of weeds, not repeating the ones from year one. Division 2 - Exhibit Requirements: 1. Collect and identify 5 noxious and five poisonous weeds of Indiana. Your

collection of weeds must be taken from the list of noxious and poisonous weeds in publication 4-H 247–W. Be aware that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the year. Each specimen should show flower and/or fruit, leaf, stem and root characteristics, all of which are necessary for complete and accurate identification.

2. Press weeds (see page 4, 4-H 247–W). 3. Mount each individual weed on 8½x11-inch poster board by either taping or gluing

the plant to the poster board 4. Cover the poster board containing the plant specimen with cellophane or clear

sheet plastic or put it in a plastic sheet protector. Place the pages in a three – ring binder (punch holes of adequate size to allow easy turning of the pages in the binder).

5. Label (label size, 1½x2-inches) each weed as to: • Name of weed (common and scientific names– remember to italicize or

underline scientific names) • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.) • How it reproduces (seed and/or underground root parts)

6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247B–W, and put a copy of the record sheet in your notebook.

7. In year two, exhibit a different set of weeds, not repeating the ones from year one. Division 3 & Above - Exhibit Requirements: 1. Collect and identify 15 different weed seeds from mature plants from the list of

common, noxious, or poisonous weeds in 4-H 217–W. Five of these weed seeds must be taken from the list of noxious weeds in 4-H 247–W. Be aware that some weeds may be more prevalent at different times of the year.

2. Clean the seeds and separate from the fruit (See page 3 of 4-H 247–W). 3. Place one tablespoon of the dried weed seeds in a plastic zippered bag. 4. Mount the plastic bags on poster board (22x28-inches). Mounting must be made

to exhibit the poster in a horizontal position. Place your name, county, and club name in the lower right corner of the poster.

5. Label (label size, 1½x 2-inches) each weed seed as to: • Name of weed (common and scientific names– remember to italicize or

underline scientific names) • Where found (lawn, garden, pasture, etc.) • Annual, biennial, or perennial.

6. Answer questions on record sheet 4-H 247C–W, and attach a copy of the record sheet to the back of your poster.

7. In year two, exhibit a different set of weeds, not repeating the ones from year one.

128

Wildlife State Fair Project

Observing and studying wildlife can provide a lifetime of enjoyment. This project will help you learn to identify wildlife, basic wildlife needs, and how wildlife interact with other wildlife and with people. At the advanced level you will learn how to create a wildlife habitat, wherever you live. Exhibit Introduction Create an exhibit that shows the public what you learned in the wildlife project this year. Exhibits must be displayed horizontally, sized 22" x 28", mounted on a firm backing (foam-core board or other), and covered in clear plastic or other transparent material. Be sure to include a label with your name, grade, and county. Choose one of the topics listed below, appropriate for your grade in school, and use that topic for your exhibit title, so the judges know which activity you completed. You can also use a creative sub-title if you wish. Note: You must choose a different activity each year, except for the Level D Wildlife Management Plan, which may be expanded upon in subsequent years. REMEMBER: List sources for images and information. Exhibit Requirements Level A – Grade 3: Exhibit Section 5 activity - Color the poster and 12 featured species (4-H 903a). Cut out the animal pictures and place them on the poster in the habitat where you could expect to find them. Each animal should have a label identifying the animal and the habitat(s) it may be found in. Level A – Grade 4: Present what you learned, on a poster or in a notebook, from one of the following sections. • Section 7: How We Grow - Show how six of the 12 featured species grow by

listing the name of the young and a picture of the adult animal (as in your manual). You may draw your pictures, copy the pages in your manual, ask at your Extension office for the animal pictures that come with the poster for 3rd graders (4-H 903a), or find pictures in a magazine, on the Internet, or from some other source.

• Section 8: Food Chains - Show the six food chains from the activity in your book and identify what foods each animal eats. Put the animals in correct 'food chain' order. Use pictures from any source available to you: copy your manual, magazines, drawing, on the Internet, or from some other source

• Sections 9 - 11: Bird Observations - Show your feeder or birdbath (draw or photo), tell where it is located and include a two-week tally sheet showing what bird activity you observed. If you observed a bird feeder, describe the types of food you used.

129

Level B – Grades 5 & 6: Present the information, on a poster or in a notebook, given in one of the following: • Section 1: Habitats -Show good habitat and poor habitat for three of the 12

common Indiana wildlife species. You can use photographs; make your own drawings, etc.

• Section 8: The Food Web - Present a food web using pictures you draw or find (magazines, online, etc.). Label the producers, consumers, decomposers, etc. Use wildlife found in Indiana.

• Sections 9 - 12: Animal Adaptations - Show physical adaptations of three to five animals and list the purpose that the adaptation serves. For example, cracker beak for eating seeds; long legs for wading, heavy coat to withstand cold temperatures, etc. You may use your own drawings, pictures, from magazines or other sources, or copy the drawings from your manual. Use wildlife found in Indiana.

Level C – Grades 7-9: Present the information from one of the following sections on a poster or in a notebook: Use wildlife found in the United States. • Section 2: Signs of Wildlife - Activity 1-Show signs of wildlife activity by collecting

animal tracks. You may exhibit your actual tracks or pictures of your tracks. Tracks may be displayed in an insect display box (18x24-inches) oriented horizontally.

• Section 3: Habitat, Activity 1 - Show how the four wildlife habitat requirements are provided to a wild animal on an aerial photo or topographic map of an Indiana landscape. ( from the Internet, a Soil and Water Conservation Office, County Engineer, or soil survey).

• Section 3: Layering, Activity 4 - Show a horizontal layering scene for a wildlife setting. Explain how layering is used by wildlife in nature. You may sketch the pictures, take a photograph, find and label pictures from a magazine, etc. It is suggested that you use one ecosystem in your exhibit.

• Section 4: Wildlife by Numbers - Present one or more of the concepts from this section (carrying capacity & population dynamics & reproduction & critical life stages) to show fairgoers how animal population rates are affected..

• Section 6: Who Manages Indiana Wildlife - choose one of the following: o Activity 1 - Design a new Indiana environmental license plate using

native Indiana wildlife. Explain why you chose your design and give information about what the environmental license plate program is all about.

o Activity 4 - Write a management plan for one of the species listed in this activity. Be sure to address all the items listed in the activity. Note: this work must be presented in a notebook, not on a poster.

• Section 7: Careers - Profile a person who works with and for native Indiana wildlife (examples include, but are not limited to, IDNR, fish and wildlife, forestry, conservation officers, biologists, volunteers).Be sure to address all the items listed in the activity.

130

Level D – Grades 10-12: Present the information from one of the following sections on a poster or in a notebook. Focus on wildlife found in the United States. • Section 1: Wildlife Management, Activity 1 - Write a wildlife management plan.

Include all the information requested in this section. You may present this topic multiple years if you include the following items: (1) Evaluate your first year's plan (what worked and what didn't) & (2) Expand on your plan by adding land and/or species to be managed.

• Section 1: Wildlife Management, Activity 2 - Outdoor lab - Present the development or improvement you did for an outdoor lab.

• Section 2: Careers, Activities 3-5 - Learn what a career in wildlife is like by completing Activities 3-5 (job search, interview, & job shadowing). Present what you did and learned on a poster or in a notebook.

• Section 3: Current Wildlife Topics, Activities 1-5 - Choose one of these activities and present what you did and learned. May only do this section one year.

Independent Study – Grades 9-12: Choose one of the following to exhibit. • Advanced topic: Learn all you can about a wildlife topic of your choice and present

it on a poster. Include a short manuscript, pictures, graphs, and list the references you used to describe what you did and what you learned. Title your poster, "Advanced Wildlife - Independent Study."

• Mentoring: Exhibit a poster that shows how you mentored a younger 4-H member. Include your planning, the time you spent, the challenges and advantages of mentoring, and how the experience might be useful in your life. Photographs and other documentation are encouraged. Title your poster, "Advanced Wildlife - Mentor."

Wood Science (Woodworking) State Fair Project

Level 1 (Grades 3 & 4): Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the manual OR exhibit one article made using the plans in the Level 1 manual or the additional plans provided. (Tools that pose limited safety concerns can be used to complete the exhibit. Examples include: all hand tools, and power tools such as: power screw-driver, pad sander, cordless drill. Tools that pose greater potential for injuries should not be used. Examples include: table saw, router, band saw.) Level 2 (Grades 5 & 6): Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the manual OR exhibit one article made according to the Level 2 manual plans, additional plans, or one that uses the skills discussed in either Level 1 or 2. (Tools that pose limited safety concerns can be used to complete the exhibit. Examples include: all hand tools, and power tools such as: power screw-driver, pad sander, cordless drill. Tools that pose greater potential for injuries should not be used. Examples include: table saw, router, band saw.)

131

Level 3 (Grades 7-9): Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the manual OR exhibit one article of your choice. The project should use only those skills and tools covered in Level 1, 2, and 3. Level 4 (Grades 10-12): Exhibit a poster on any topic covered in the manual OR exhibit one article of your choice. The project should only use those skills and tools covered in Levels 1, 2, 3, and 4.

*******************************

2014 Pike County 4-H Livestock Rules Adopted December 7, 1992; rev. November 4, 1999; rev. December 3, 2001; rev.

February 26, 2003; rev. January 19, 2006; rev. March 3, 2008; rev. January 2009; rev. January 2010; rev. January 2012; rev. January 2014.

All livestock exhibitors should read the general 4-H rules and regulations found in the beginning of the Scoop, as well as the following livestock rules.

Enrollment Requirements, Deadlines & Instructions

It is each member’s responsibility to obtain, complete and return all forms on or before the specified deadline. If you need a form, please contact the Extension Office immediately. If any of these requirements are not met, you will not receive premium money for fair exhibits and will receive participation ribbons only. Further, livestock members will not be allowed to auction animals or participate in showmanship if any of the enrollment requirements are not met. All livestock exhibitors must meet the following requirements: 1. File a completed enrollment form with the Extension Office on or before April 1.

Forms must include the required signatures. 2. Livestock exhibitors must be enrolled in each livestock project he/she is taking by

April 1. Livestock projects cannot be added after April 1. 3. Pay the State 4-H Program Fee in full by April 1. If the program fee is not paid,

you will not be allowed to exhibit your animal(s) at the Fair. 4. All livestock enrollments and lease agreements must be completed and on file

with the Extension Office on or before the appropriate deadline. See “Deadlines” below.

132

Livestock Animal Enrollment Deadlines & Instructions 1. Remember: State 4-H program fees and 4-H Enrollment forms are due in the Extension

Office by April 1. Remember to check each livestock species you intend to show; livestock projects cannot be added after April 1.

Online enrollment must be completed by 4 pm on the deadline date. If you are mailing livestock forms, envelopes must be postmarked no later

than the due date. If you are completing forms by any other method, forms must be delivered to

the Extension Office no later than 4 pm on the due date. Review the following table for more information:

Species Deadline Form Type Accepted Delivery Methods

Beef & Dairy Cattle Registered Heifers – Due May 15 All others – Due April 1

State Form: Available in the Extension Office

Hand-Deliver or Mail to the Extension Office.

Goats (All) Due May 15

Online Enrollment ONLY: Please visit https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm.

Horse & Pony Due May 15


Llama & Alpaca Due May 15


Poultry Due June 1

County Form: Available in the Extension Office

Fax, Email, Hand-Deliver or Mail to the Extension Office.

Rabbit Due June 1

County Form: Available in the Extension Office


Sheep Due May 15



Swine Due May 15



Animal Lease Agreements Due May 15



133

Online Animal Enrollment Instructions All 4-H Horse & Pony, Goat and Llama exhibitors must enroll their animals online at https://www.four-h.purdue.edu/enroll/memfind_sf.cfm no later than May 15. We recommend that you begin your enrollment as soon as possible, so that if you encounter any problems or need assistance, you will have time to complete the enrollment by the deadline. We have county only forms for goats and horses. If you are considering showing at the State Fair you must complete an online enrollment. If you enrolled in 4-H at the Indiana 4-H Online Enrollment Center, you will use the same log-in information for the online animal enrollment form. If you enrolled in 4-H using a paper (“hard-copy”) form, you will need to use a member ID and password obtained by contacting the Extension Office. When you begin online animal enrollment, please be sure to have all of the following information ready! This will save you a lot of time, and help prevent a lot of frustration.

• Goats: Gender, Breed, Date of Birth, Tattoo/Registration Number, Premise ID • Horses: Animal’s Name, Breed & Color, Date of Birth, Gender, and Digital

Photos showing distinguishing marks & feet (Photos can be saved to your computer’s hard drive, a flash drive or a CD)

• Llama: Animal’s Name, Gender, Color, Date of Birth, and Digital Photos showing distinguishing marks (Photos can be saved to your computer’s hard drive, a flash drive or a CD)

• Lease Agreements: Completed lease agreements must be uploaded for Horses & Llamas. You will have to scan both sides of the Lease Agreement, save the file and upload the file to complete your animal enrollment.

If you do not have internet access at home, please call the Extension Office at 812-354-6838 to schedule a time to come in and complete your enrollment. (Due to schedules and workload, we will not be able to accommodate walk-ins.) If you come to the Extension Office to enroll, please make sure that you have all of the required information with you. This will save you a trip!

General Rules for All Livestock Species

1. Future 4-H Livestock: Future 4-H Livestock rules are located in the “Mini Scoop”. Future 4-H members may not auction their animals.

2. Indiana State Fair Livestock Exhibitors: If you plan to show livestock at the State Fair, you must indicate so on the livestock enrollment form(s). Be sure to contact the Extension Office by May 15 for more information and State Fair requirements.

3. 4-H members may exhibit an animal per guidelines of the Scoop. Members must be enrolled in the livestock project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before April 1. Members must file livestock papers in the Extension Office on or before each species deadline.

134


4. Animals must be owned in accordance with the State 4-H Rules. All livestock exhibitors or their families shall continually own and actively care for their animal exhibits from the earlier of the county deadline for that species or the date of the livestock enrollment. For more information, please review the Indiana State Fair handbook.

5. Reminder: The only animals that can be leased are Horse & Pony, Llama and Dairy Heifers. No other animals may be leased. Lease forms are due along with the appropriate livestock enrollment form on the specified enrollment deadline.

6. Any obviously diseased, malnourished, or uncared for animals will not be allowed to be exhibited and will be sent home. This includes animals that do not meet expected weight to age norms. For example: a 40-pound, 6-month old barrow will not be allowed to be exhibited. See the “Weight to Age Norms” table below:

Weight to Age Norms Breeds are not considered in this table. For more information, contact the

Extension Office or your superintendent. Species Age Weight

Barrow 6 months 180 pounds

Gilt 6 months 180 pounds

Heifer 6 months 450 pounds

Steer 6 months 500 pounds

Market Lamb 6 months 60+ pounds

7. A veterinarian of the 4-H Livestock Committee's choice may be present for random blood testing of livestock at the show.

8. 4-H members may choose to attach a copy of their animal’s registration paper to the 4-H enrollment form for all registered beef heifers, Boer goat does, dairy goats, dairy cows, and dairy heifers. Attaching a copy of the animal’s registration paper would serve as an insurance policy against a 4-H member making a mistake when filling out the front of the enrollment form. If a 4-H member chooses to attach a copy of their animal’s registration paper to the 4-H enrollment form, they still need to list the animal’s registration number, tattoo, birth date, breed, and name (for dairy cattle only) on the front of the enrollment form. Registration numbers, tattoos, birth dates, and animal names must be exactly the same on the enrollment forms as they appear on the animal’s registration paper.

9. No unaltered male animals may be shown. Altered animals still showing signs of functional reproductive organs will be placed at the bottom of their class and receive no more than a white ribbon with the exception of caged animals.

10. All animals will be tagged or tattooed by an approved person (livestock superintendent or Extension staff member). No tags or taggers will be loaned out of the Extension Office, unless a bio-security issue exists.

11. All livestock exhibitors must attend the “Pre-Fair Livestock Meeting & Clean Up Day”. The Clean Up Day will be announced in the 4-H newsletter in June/July.

135

12. Show Schedule Delays – If a show will be delayed, the livestock superintendent(s) will post a notice in the livestock barn on the morning prior to the show. If 4-H families provide a number that will allow text messages, the superintendent(s) will send text messages notifying of any delays.

13. An uncontrollable/unmanageable animal will be sent home on the advisability of the Agriculture/4-H Educator(s) and the superintendent of that species.

14. No stimulants or tranquilizers may be administered to any livestock except under approval of the livestock committee.

15. During the fair, all animals must have access to water at all times except immediately prior to their species show.

16. All animals must have permanent ID with the exception of poultry. 17. Livestock members that bring fans for their animals must adhere to the following

requirements: • Only one fan per animal will be allowed. • All fans and extension cords used must include a ground, must have safe

wiring and must be in safe operating condition. • All fans must be covered by a protective screen (front and back) that is fine

enough to keep out small fingers. • All fans must be securely mounted. • Remember to be courteous to your fellow livestock members and the

superintendents. Please do not move someone else’s fan without permission, unplug another fan to plug in your own fan, or use all available outlets for your own animal.

• The 4-H Superintendents, 4-H Council and the Extension Educators have the express authority to determine if any fan or extension cord complies with these requirements. Should they determine that a fan or extension cord does not comply with this policy; they have the express authority to require that use of the fan or extension cord be immediately discontinued.

18. 4-H animals exhibited after the animal enrollment deadline (April 1 for steers and May 15 for all other animals) at any show by anyone other than the person listed on the Indiana 4-H animal enrollment form will not be eligible to be shown in the 4-H show at the Indiana State Fair. This term/condition does not apply to siblings and parents, who may show each other's animals at any show during the year without jeopardizing state fair eligibility. This policy applies to all 4-H animal projects. For animal projects without enrollment forms, the person who enters them in the Indiana State Fair 4-H show is the equivalent of the enroller of the animals.

19. The rules for the Pike County 4-H Fair apply to the official show if they are separate events.

20. Supplemental rules may be developed at the discretion of the Livestock Committee with approval of the Pike County 4-H Council. The Livestock Committee is a function of the Pike County 4-H Council.

21. All rules are subject to 4-H Council approval through the 4-H Livestock Committee.

136

22. If an exception is required for any rule, a written request must be submitted to the Extension Office prior to the application of the rule. The 4-H Council will review the request and grant or deny the request.

23. Exhibit entry schedules, release schedules, and show times will be announced later, usually 6-8 weeks prior to the Fair.

24. It is the responsibility of the 4-Her to get registration papers, if applicable, and a signed release form to the Superintendent in charge of that project at check-in.

25. Stalls will be assigned by the Livestock Superintendent in charge of that project. 26. Grooming and fitting of animals will be done by the 4-H member with needed

assistance from the parents/guardians, brothers and sisters, grandparents, aunts and uncles, another Pike County 4-H livestock exhibitor, or a 4-H Council approved livestock groomer.

27. No livestock will be released from the exhibit area without permission of the barn superintendent(s) and/or 4-H Livestock Committee.

28. If animals need to leave the Fair for any reason, an early release form must be filled out before July 11th. If it is an emergency, the form must be filled out prior to leaving on the day of release.

29. Each exhibitor is expected to keep their exhibit area clean (including aisles and walkways). No wires or any equipment is to be left in walk aisles.

30. 4-H'ers must clean up all dung piles left by animals exercised in the show arena. 31. No washing of animals or cleaning of cages and pens when a show is in progress. 32. At the end of the fair, 4-H exhibitors are responsible for transportation of their

animals back home or to market. A release form must be signed at check-in that states who will pick up the animals and when.

33. If something should happen to your animal and you are unable to exhibit it at the Fair, you may exhibit a poster. See “Animal Posters” in the “Livestock Exhibit Rules” section. Remember to let the Extension Office know that you are bringing a poster and not an animal for exhibit.

34. Animal Affidavits will be required for all 4-H beef steers, dairy market steers, market lambs, meat goat wethers, gilts and barrows to be shown at the Indiana State Fair. State Fair exhibitors of dairy cows/heifers, rabbits, poultry, waterfowl and pigeons, whose animal(s) is/are selected for drug testing will also be required to complete and sign the Animal Affidavit. There will be a separate affidavit for horses and ponies exhibited at the State Fair, and would only be required by those 4-H members whose horse or pony is drug tested at the State Fair.

Livestock Practices for Fair (All Species)

The following are livestock practices for the fair. This is not all-inclusive but should serve as a reminder of other common-sense practices. 1. Provide clean water to animals nearly all the time – check it 5-6 times daily. 2. Feed animals at least twice daily. 3. Watch for heat stress (excessive panting, sweating).

137

4. Be sure halters or lead ropes allow animals to lay down, but are not long enough to get tangled and injure animals.

5. Be sure animals are secure, with good lead ropes or pens tall enough and firmly wired shut.

6. Handle animals gently, without hitting or kicking them. 7. Allow animals that become upset or agitated as you move or work with them to

relax. 8. Control your temper and stay calm – even when animals are difficult. 9. Help other exhibitors – watch for chances to open a gate or lend a hand to

someone else. 10. Ask for help if there are problems. Each superintendent will advise you or help call

for a veterinarian if your animal(s) need(s) medical attention. Only in the event that a veterinarian cannot be reached the respective species superintendent has discretion as to medical attention. Medicines or drugs must be given by, or under the direction of, a veterinarian or superintendent.

11. Watch out for other exhibitor’s animals. If one needs help, tell the owner if possible, and the superintendent if you can’t find the owner.

12. If another exhibitor mishandles or does not properly care for their animals, tell the superintendent so they can assure proper care for the animal.

Ethical Treatment & Grooming of Show Animals The Pike County 4-H Council and 4-H Livestock Shows follow the Indiana 4-H State Fair Show Rules & Guidelines as explained in the Indiana 4-H State Fair Book. These rules include but are not limited to the following illegal practices: 1. Tampering, altering, and/or misrepresentation, which includes coloring of animals,

attaching hair and hair substitutes, pumping (any gas or any liquid), and filling. 2. Unethical fitting of animal exhibits is defined as the administration of any foreign

substances (drugs, steroids, pain killers, stimulants, depressants, chemicals, gasses, etc.), surgical and non-surgical procedures altering the animal's configuration and appearance.

3. Grooming of animals by professional and non-family fitters. 4. The practices of "icing," "ramping," "alcoholing," "shocking," or any procedure to

induce artificial muscle tone.

The Pike County 4-H Council will allow the following: (1) The usage of paint or shoe polish on animal hooves; (2) The manipulation of the animal's own natural hair; (3) The usage of baby powder and oils on the animal's hairs.

Note for State Fair Exhibitors: The Indiana State Fair rules state that 4-H exhibitors may receive clipping and grooming assistance from members of their family who are no more than 2 generations removed from the exhibitor or from a current, Indiana 4-H member. Temporary guardianships are not permitted and shall result in immediate disqualification.

138

2014 Indiana Board of Animal Health Limitations on Exhibition To be accepted for exhibit at the Pike County 4-H Fair, all animals must meet all current Indiana Board of Animal Health regulations. A copy of these regulations may be obtained at your local veterinarian’s office or the Pike County Extension Office after January 1. Copies of the 2014 “Indiana Board of Animal Health Limitations on Exhibition” may be downloaded from the BOAH website at http://www.in.gov/boah/files/INSF2014.pdf.

1. Failure to meet all animal health requirements will result in removal of animals

from the exhibition premise. 2. The following animals are not eligible for exhibition in Indiana:

a. Animals that originate from a herd that is under quarantine. b. Any animal classified as a brucellosis “suspect”. c. Animals showing symptoms of any infectious or communicable disease or

that are a health hazard to persons or other animals. d. Any animal that does not meet state animal health requirements.

3. Any animal that develops or show signs of any infectious or communicable disease during exhibition must be removed from the premise including the surrounding exhibition grounds. An owner that is disputing the exclusion of their animal from exhibition may not exhibit the animal in question pending any appeal.

Livestock Judging

1. The judge’s decision is final. 2. All classes will be set by the 4-H Livestock Committee with an attempt to group

classes into 3-8 exhibitors with animals of uniform size, breed. 3. Market classes will be designated by weight. 4. Livestock committee has the authority to screen breeds for breed characteristics. 5. Breed classes will be shown only if there are two (2) animals for a class. 6. Breeding classes will be judged on breeding and production characteristics. 7. All market animals will be judged on market characteristics. Judges will be

instructed to select top animals on the basis of current market. 8. Unless otherwise specified, all livestock shows will be judged using the American

judging system, meaning the animals in each class will be judged as a whole and the animals will be ranked against each other. The top blue-ribbon-quality exhibits in each class will be placed according to relative merit, and rosettes will be awarded for First through Fifth places. Any remaining animals in the class will receive blue, red or white ribbons, based on merit.

9. The top animals of each class will be judged against each other to select a Grand Champion. A Reserve Grand Champion will be selected from the remaining animals in addition to the second place animal from the Grand Champion’s class.

139

10. Premiums are given only once to an animal. No premium will be given in group classes or for champions. All premiums will be capped at $20.00 per species per exhibitor. Premiums are as follows:

Species Blue Ribbon

Red Ribbon

White Ribbon Participation

Beef & Dairy Cattle $10.00 No Premium

Goats, Llamas & Alpacas, Sheep & Swine

$5.00 No Premium

Horse & Pony $10.00 No Premium

Caged Animals (Poultry & Rabbit) $2.00 $1.50 $1.00 No Premium

Livestock Posters (Judged with 4-H Building Exhibits)

$2.00 $1.50 $1.00 No Premium

11. All Pee Wee and Future 4-H members will receive blue ribbons, but no premium money.

12. Horse & Pony awards will be designated by the Horse & Pony superintendents and/or Livestock Committee. Thus, rules 14-16 may not apply to Horse & Pony exhibitors.

13. Poultry awards will be designated by the Poultry Superintendent and/or Livestock Committee. There is a Best of Show in Poultry. Rules 14-16 may not apply to Poultry exhibitors.

14. Class Champions and Reserve Class Champions will receive ribbons, but no additional premium money

15. Grand Champions and Reserve Grand Champions will receive ribbons and/or special awards as designated by the Livestock Committee. No additional premium money will be awarded.

16. Showmanship winners will receive special awards as designated by the Livestock Committee. No additional premium money will be awarded.

Pike County 4-H Livestock Dress Code (Adopted by the Pike County Livestock Committee on June 16, 2003.)

Appropriate dress must be worn by all 4-H Livestock exhibitors during shows, the livestock auction, and livestock photographs. Clothing allowed will be polo/golf shirts or cotton button-up shirts (tucked in with no midriff showing), good clean jeans or Dockers, and clean tennis shoes, boots, or work shoes. Clean ball caps may be worn, if desired. The only tee-shirts allowed will be 4-H tee-shirts.

140

Attire NOT allowed: no halter/tube tops, no shorts (shorts are defined as any trousers that do not touch the top of shoes), no tee-shirts, no see-through material, no open toed shoes, no sandals, no “sling back” shoes, and no “mules.” It is recommended that dairy goat exhibitors wear white blouse or shirt (polo or button down) and white or black pants. It is also recommended that Llama exhibitors wear a white shirt and black pants. This dress code affects all Pike County 4-H Livestock exhibitors except horse exhibitors, because they have their own dress code. Pike County 4-H Livestock exhibitors not having appropriate attire will not be allowed into the show area.

Common Sense Approach to a Good Fair 1. Parents are for guidance only: 4-H'ers should do their own work. Parents may

help younger 4-H members. 2. Parents and 4-H'ers should show good sportsmanship, respect, and courtesy at

all times. 3. 4-H'ers should see that the cleanliness of animals and their area (including aisles

and walkways) be a high priority matter. 4. 4-H'ers should conduct daily care of their animal(s), this includes feed, water, and

medical attention. 5. Good conduct of 4-H members during Fair Week. 6. The use of profanity in the barns, livestock area, or during shows by parents or 4-

H'ers will not be tolerated. 7. Due to the lack of water volume and pressure, water hoses are to be used for

watering of animals and washing of animals only. 8. The abuse of animals, either yours or another person's animals, will not be

tolerated.

Overnight Passes 1. Only those regularly enrolled in Pike County 4-H and have an animal on exhibit

may stay. Special permission may be granted by the 4-H Livestock Committee for very special circumstances.

2. Overnight Pass forms are available in the Extension Office prior to the Fair. 3. Overnighters are recommended to be in the barn by 11:00 PM. Barn lights will be

shut off from 12:00 (midnight) until 6:00 AM and controlled only with the permission of the chaperones.

4. All 4-H'ers staying must stay in the barn area designated as sleeping area. No one may stay outside this area. Campers, trucks, stock trailers, and tents are not to be used for sleeping. Campers may not use the barn electricity. The outlets are for exhibitors use only.

5. Overnighters are expected to keep the barn areas in a neat condition so that their exhibits are displayed in the best manner.

141

6. Overnighters must have a parent/guardian stay too. Parent/guardian will be responsible for your safety and any damage you may incur.

7. Completed overnight permission forms are due at animal check-in for each person staying overnight.

8. Each overnighter must sign in with one of the educators each evening. 9. If you are responsible for any damage to the barns or animals, your privilege of

staying will be revoked by the 4-H Council or the 4-H Livestock Committee.

General Livestock Auction Rules 1. The Pike County 4-H Livestock Auction is conducted by the Pike County 4-H

Council and 4-H Livestock Committee. 2. Remember: To be eligible to participate in the livestock auction, the 4-H member

must have completed enrollment in the Pike County 4-H program by April 1st. Additionally, the member must have enrolled in the livestock species he/she will auction by April 1st. Further, the animal(s) auctioned must have been enrolled on a properly completed livestock enrollment form (or online enrollment) by the appropriate species deadline.

3. Members who choose to auction at the end of the fair are expected to attend the “Pre-Fair Livestock Meeting” (usually held in conjunction with Clean Up Day). Members will draw auction numbers at this meeting. “Buyer Letters” will also be available, so that members can take them on

their visits to recruit potential auction buyers. 4. All 4-H members are expected to show their own animals during the Livestock

Auction (i.e. if you want to auction an animal, you are expected to be present in the auction ring). Substitutions must be pre-approved. If a substitution is requested, a letter must be filed with an Extension Educator or Superintendent prior to or at Livestock Check-In. All requests will be discussed at a meeting with the livestock superintendents, who will determine if substitutions will be allowed. If there is an emergency (medical, family, etc.), the superintendents will give special consideration to late substitution requests.

5. All members must have their photo(s) taken with the animal(s) they will be auctioning. If a member does not have a picture with the animal to be sold at auction, he/she forfeits his/her right to sell that species. Photos are taken during the individual livestock shows. Members may take their own picture and submit it to the Extension Office no later than the last species show (i.e. last livestock show before the auction).

6. Dress Code is strictly enforced during the Auction. 7. Each 4-H Livestock member may sell a maximum of one (1) animal per species

with a maximum of two (2) animals sold per member. 8. An animal may go through auction only once; that same animal may never go

through auction again. 9. Animals entered in the Indiana State Fair may not sell in the auction nor may a

ribbon or token be sold in place of the animal. 142

10. Animals do not have to be sold at the conclusion of the Fair. 11. A breeding animal put up for auction will become a "market animal" and is for sale

and may be claimed by the buyer. If a 4-H member wishes to keep the animal(s), do not place the animal in the auction.

12. Livestock Auction Species Sales Order: Year 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Last

2014 Swine Poultry Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca Sheep Rabbit

2015 Poultry Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca Sheep Rabbit Swine

2016 Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca Sheep Rabbit Swine Poultry

2017 Goat Llama & Alpaca Sheep Rabbit Swine Poultry Beef &

Dairy

2018 Llama & Alpaca Sheep Rabbit Swine Poultry Beef &

Dairy Goat

2019 Sheep Rabbit Swine Poultry Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca

2020 Rabbit Swine Poultry Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca Sheep

2021 Swine Poultry Beef & Dairy Goat Llama &

Alpaca Sheep Rabbit

13. Further, Grand Champion and Reserve Grand Champion winners will be given precedence in each species drive. Champions’ order will be based on the show schedule. See below for examples:

If the Beef/Dairy Show order is: 1. Market Heifer Show 2. Market Steer Show 3. Dairy Heifer Show 4. Dairy Steer Show

Then the auction order will be: 1. GC Market Heifer 2. RGC Market Heifer 3. GC Market Steer 4. RGC Market Steer 5. GC Dairy Heifer

6. RGC Dairy Heifer 7. GC Dairy Steer 8. RGC Dairy Steer 9. All others based on

number drawn.

If the Goat Show order is: 1. Dairy Goat Doe 2. Dairy Goat Wether 3. Meat Goat Doe 4. Meat Goat Wether 5. Pygmy Goat Doe 6. Pygmy Goat Wether

Then the auction order will be: 1. GC Dairy Goat Doe 2. RGC Dairy Goat Doe 3. GC Dairy Goat Wether 4. RGC Dairy Goat Wether 5. GC Meat Goat Doe 6. RGC Meat Goat Doe 7. GC Meat Goat Wether

8. RGC Meat Goat Wether 9. GC Pygmy Goat Doe 10. RGC Pygmy Goat Doe 11. GC Pygmy Goat Wether 12. RGC Pygmy Goat

Wether 13. All others based on

number drawn.

143

If the Poultry Show order is: 1. Exhibition 2. Commercial 3. Bantam 4. Pigeon 5. Waterfowl 6. Turkey 7. Game Bird

Then the auction order will be: 1. Poultry Super Grand

Champion * 2. GC Exhibition 3. RGC Exhibition 4. GC Commercial 5. RGC Commercial 6. GC Bantam 7. RGC Bantam 8. GC Pigeon 9. RGC Pigeon

10. GC Waterfowl 11. RGC Waterfowl 12. GC Turkey 13. RGC Turkey 14. GC Game Bird 15. RGC Game Bird 16. All others based on

number drawn. * Super Grand Champion will auction first.

14. If a 4-H member is not in the auction order line or in the show ring when called for auction, he/she forfeits his/her right to sell that species.

15. Deductions from livestock auction checks will be: 5% of auction price for 4-H Council livestock improvement fund, $5.00 per animal for newspaper thank you ads, and $5.00 per animal for livestock buyer appreciation dinner, and the required check-off fees.

16. Livestock Auction checks will be given to auctioning members at the annual Achievement Day program.

*************************************

Livestock Exhibit Rules

Livestock Posters

Rules for All Livestock Posters 1. All Livestock Posters will be judged in the following divisions:

• Level A – Grades 3-5 • Level B – Grades 6-8 • Level C – Grades 9-12

2. All Livestock Posters will be judged in the 4-H Building. Project entry times will be announced in the 4-H newsletter prior to fair. Late entries will receive Participation ribbons only.

3. All Livestock Posters should be 22”x28” (height x width) with a title, stiff backing, and covered in clear plastic. It should have a 2”x4” label in the lower right corner with your name, address, county, club name, project, grade, and division. See “Poster Pointers” for more rules and tips on completing your livestock poster.

4. Any 4-H’er can exhibit a Livestock Poster, even if they do not own an animal or will not show an animal at Fair.

5. For livestock members: If your animal cannot be shown at fair (due to illness, injury, death, etc.), you may complete your livestock project by exhibiting a poster instead.

144

6. A member may exhibit in as many species as desired, but may exhibit only one poster in each species. For example, you may exhibit Goat, Rabbit and Poultry posters, but you cannot exhibit two Goat posters.

7. Livestock Poster Evaluation Standards (equals 100 points): • Content and information (accuracy and completeness) – 40 points • Originality and creativeness (attracts interest, encourages thought) – 25

points • Overall appearance/appealing (neatness, arrangement, background,

workmanship, attention to detail) – 15 points • Suitable subject and age appropriate (matches member’s age and ability)

– 10 points • Conveys message/accomplishes purpose – 5 points • Meets exhibit requirements – 5 points

8. A Division Champion and Reserve Division Champion may be selected in each species, if the exhibit is of that quality. (i.e. one Division Champion each in Beef, Goats, Horse & Pony, Llama, Poultry, Rabbit, Sheep and Swine.). An overall Grand Champion will be chosen from all of the Animal Posters. Please remember that each judge reserves the right to award or not award these placings.

Project Guidelines for Each Species • Beef (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned

about beef. Possible topics include beef breeds, grooming, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Dairy Cattle (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about dairy. Possible topics include dairy breeds, grooming, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Dairy Goat (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about dairy goats. Possible topics include dairy goat breeds, grooming, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Meat Goat (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about meat goats. Possible topics include Boer goat breeds, grooming, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Pygmy Goat (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about pygmy goats. Possible topics include pygmy goat breeds, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Horse & Pony (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about horses. Possible topics include parts of a horse, pictures of light breeds, horse origin, measuring horses, performance classes, horse safety, riding apparel, horse gaits, feeding, diseases, etc.

• Llama & Alpaca (One State Fair entry per level) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about llamas or alpacas. Possible topics include llama or alpaca breeds, llamas vs. alpacas, grooming, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc. See also “Llamas & Alpacas” classes.

145

• Poultry (One State Fair entry per level) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about poultry. Possible topics include poultry breeds, different types of poultry, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Rabbit (One State Fair entry per level) - Poster topic should be original and of a practical nature related to some phase of the domestic rabbit industry. Possible topics include rabbit breeds, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Sheep (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about sheep. Possible topics include sheep breeds, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

• Swine (No State Fair entry) - Poster topic should illustrate something you learned about swine. Possible topics include swine breeds, feeding, sanitation, diseases, byproducts, etc.

Beef & Dairy All Beef and Dairy exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week: • Feed with clean feed pan • Hay • Clean water bucket kept full of fresh

water • Nylon rope halter • Leather (Show) Halter; a black

halter for a dairy heifer • Plastic brush for scrubbing when

washing animal(s)

• Shampoo • A way to secure exhibitor number

on back of shirt (exhibitor harness, safety pins, etc.)

• Fan and extension cords • Manure fork • Optional – Blower • Rubber Matting • An additional set of show clothes

Beef Cattle 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. All livestock must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before May 15. Note: Only registered heifers may be leased. Lease forms for registered heifers are due on or before May 15.

2. The Indiana State Fair requires special tags. If you plan to exhibit at the 2014 Indiana State Fair contact the Extension Office.

3. All General Rules and Regulations pertaining to livestock exhibits apply to this section.

4. All beef and dairy animals are required to have both a halter and a neck rope to tether the animals. This should reduce the risk for loose calves at the fair.

5. All beef steers and heifers, calved before January 1 of the current year, must be enrolled on the proper livestock form and submitted to the Extension Office on or before April 1. Purebred heifer forms may be turned in May 15.

6. Market and breeding animals will be accepted for this exhibit.

146

7. Market calves will not be shown by breed. 8. A total of 6 head of cattle may be shown per exhibitor. Exhibitors are limited to 2

steers. Only 2 breeding heifers may be in the same class. 9. All animals must be shown under halter. 10. All beef cattle must be dehorned by May 15. 11. A schedule of all activities will be mailed to all properly enrolled members prior to

the 4-H Fair. 12. Beef exhibit classes offered:

a. Progressive Steer Class (751-999 pounds) b. Market Steer Class (1000 pounds up) – born between January 1 and

September 1 of the prior year. c. Dairy Steers (over 700#) - born between January 1 and September 1 of

the prior year. d. Feeder Calves (under 300-750 pounds) and born after September 1 of the

prior year. e. Breeding Heifers: Senior Yearling Heifer – calved September 1 to

December 31 of prior year; Junior Yearling Heifer – calved January 1 to April 30 of prior year; Summer Yearling Heifer - calved April 1 to August 31 of prior year; Junior Heifer Calf - calved January 1 or after of current year.

f. Cow/Calf 13. All calves, except in the cow/calf exhibits, must be weaned by Fair time. 14. Each animal may only be shown in one class. 15. All competitors in the rate of gain contest must have their animals officially

weighed, tagged, and nose printed on the official date set by the 4-H Livestock Committee.

16. A safety rope must be used when the cattle are tied up during the Pike County 4-H Fair.

17. All cattle exhibited at the Pike County Fair must be ear tagged. If they are to be shown at the State Fair, market steers (beef and dairy beef), commercial heifers and dairy feeder steers must have a 5 digit county tag and an 840-RFID tag.

Dairy Cattle (State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. All livestock must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before May 15. Note: Only registered heifers may be leased. Lease forms for registered heifers are due on or before May 15.


3. All dairy cattle must be dehorned by May 15. 4. The following classes will be offered: (a) Heifer Calf - born after September 1 of

the prior year; (b) Yearling Calf - born September 1 or before of prior year; (c) Producing Cow - born 2 years ago.

5. Exhibitors are required to wear white pants/slacks –and– white or colored shirts with the 4-H emblem and/or breed insignias.

147

Goats

All goat exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week: • Hay – at least one bale for pygmy

goats and two or more bales for larger goats

• Bedding – straw, cedar chips, etc. • Feed pans – use pans that can be

attached to the fence –or– pick up pans after feeding your animals

• Water buckets – minimum two-gallon capacity

• Collars and leads; choke collars for the show ring

• Grooming supplies – clippers, hoof trimmers, brushes, shampoos and towels for cleaning animals before showing

• Snap rings for securing pens • First aid items

o For animals – gentle iodine, healing ointment (e.g. udder balm), etc.

o For yourself – band aids, ointment, etc.

• An additional set of show clothes Dairy Goats (State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. All goats must be enrolled via the 4-H Livestock Enrollment Center on or before May 15.


3. No sheep or goats may be exhibited that are showing signs of being infected with ringworm!

4. All sheep and goats will adhere to the latest USDA/APHIS Scrapie Eradication program guidelines. This includes ear tagging/tattooing, blood testing, and all other testing that the Indiana Board of Animal Health deems necessary. Sheep or goats that have given birth or will give birth within 4 weeks of the fair will not be allowed to exhibit.

5. All goat kids to be borne by June 1st so that they will be six (6) weeks old by Fair. Dams must be enrolled by May 15th.

6. The following classes will be offered: (a) Kid - born in current year. Kids born after May 15 must be from a dam that was enrolled by May 15; (b) Yearling - born between September 1 and December 31 of the prior year; (c) Producing Doe - born before September 1 of the prior year.

7. An exhibitor is limited to a maximum of 2 entries per class, a total of 6 goats. 8. A maximum of 2 breeds may be shown by an exhibitor. 9. Individual identification of the animal must be shown on the county livestock form

and the health certificate. Tattoos are required. 10. Every dairy goat must have a choker chain available if needed. 11. Dairy goats with horns are not permitted 12. Buck dairy goats are not permitted.

148

Meat Goats (Only Boer Goats are eligible for State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before





5. An exhibitor is limited to a maximum of 2 entries per class, a total of 6 goats. 6. A maximum of 2 breeds may be shown by an exhibitor. 7. Individual identification of the animal must be shown on the county livestock form

and the health certificate. Ear tags are required of wethers. Meat goat wethers showing at State Fair must be retinal scanned.

8. Boer goats will be shown on a chain with a lead strap. 9. Buck goats are not permitted. 10. A release form must be signed at check-in that states who will pick up the animals

and when. 11. Horns may or may not be permitted, depending on breed specifications. 12. All meat goat wethers must be shown with their milk teeth in place. 13. A registration certificate is required for all Boer goats (except wethers) who are 3

months of age or older. Pygmy Goats (State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before





5. An exhibitor is limited to 2 entries per class for a total of 6 goats. 6. Individual identification of the animal must be shown on the county livestock form

and on the health certificate. Tattoos are required. Registration is also required for the State Fair.

7. Every goat must have a collar and chain available if needed. 8. Buck pygmy goats are not permitted. 9. Pygmy’s may be shown with or without horns.

149

Horse & Pony All horse and pony exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week: • Two (2) water buckets • One (1) food bucket • Feed • Hay • Muck bucket • Cleaning fork • One (1) hard brush • One (1) soft brush • Mane & tail comb • Hoof polish • Small hand towel

• Baby oil or Vaseline • Hoof pick • Saddle • Bridle/Bit • Saddle pad • Halter & chain lead • Show clothes • Helmet • An additional set of show

clothes

Prior to Fair Week 1. All Horse & Pony exhibitors must be enrolled in 4-H on or before April 1. Horses

and ponies must be enrolled by completing the online Horse & Pony enrollment form at the Indiana 4-H Enrollment Center website on or before May 15. All horse enrollments require digital copies of color photographs showing the face and all four legs of the horse. Additionally, lease forms will need to be completed, scanned and uploaded to complete the horse enrollment (not required if you own the horse).

2. Horse & Pony Divisions: Juniors (Grades 3-7) & Seniors (Grades 8-12) 3. All 4-H horse and pony exhibitors must be a member of the Pike County Horse &

Pony (Boots & Saddles) 4-H Club and meet the club requirements to be eligible to compete at the official Pike County 4-H Fair Shows. Club requirements are:

a. Follow the General Rules in the front of this “Scoop”, the Horse & Pony rules in the livestock section of this “Scoop” and the State 4-H Horse & Pony Handbook.

b. Attend as many scheduled meetings and workshops as possible. c. Fill out appropriate enrollment forms. d. Own or lease a horse or pony by May 15 through the official Indiana State

Fair Show, or make a poster according to the poster requirements listed in “Animal Posters”.

e. Fill out exhibitor green record book and bring upon entry to the official Pike County 4-H Fair.

4. Vaccination Information: a. For horses coming from outside Indiana for exhibition or that travel

interstate for exhibition, it is strongly suggested that each horse be tested and test negative for E.I.A. (Coggins test) within twelve (12) months of the date of exhibition. For horses that remain in Indiana, an E.I.A. (Coggins) test is not required.

150

b. All horses exhibited at the 4-H Fair should be vaccinated with the 5-way equine vaccine and the West Nile vaccine in the spring of each year.

c. The rabies vaccine is optional. d. All vaccination information should be listed in the exhibitor’s Green Record

Book. The Green Record Book should be brought to horse & pony check-in.

Fair Week 1. Exhibitors are responsible for feeding and watering their animal(s) while at the

Pike County 4-H Fair. 2. Exhibitors are responsible to keep their tack and stall neat and clean. Stalls must

be cleaned daily and dry bedding added as needed. Tack must be kept in designated areas.

3. If there are not enough stalls for all exhibitors who have more than one horse to show at the fair, then no one may bring an extra horse to be stalled at the fairgrounds. The second horse will be admitted to the grounds the day of the show and taken home after the show.

4. No more than one horse or pony will be allowed in a stall unless the 2 consist of a mare and her unweaned foal.

5. Only the 4-H exhibitor may mount or ride the horse at the official Pike County 4-H Fair Show.

6. All exhibitors must wear helmets and boots with heels whenever they are in the saddle whether practicing, exercising, or showing. No handling of animals without boots.

7. Horses may only be mounted in the designated make-up area. No horses may be ridden in the barn, around the midway, or in the park.

8. An exhibitor may only show one horse per class. 9. The official Handbook of the Indiana Horse & Pony Program will be the guide for

the conduct of all classes. Classes for the official Pike County 4-H Fair Show are listed below. All classes listed as “all ages” may be divided into age groups at discretion of leaders. 1. Halter Mares 2. Halter Geldings 3. Junior Showmanship 4. Senior Showmanship 5. Novice Walk-Trot (for non-lopers) 6. Open Walk-Trot 7. Junior Western Pleasure 8. Senior Western Pleasure 9. Junior Western Horsemanship 10. Senior Western Horsemanship 11. Junior Trail 12. Senior Trail 13. Western Riding (all ages) 14. Reining (all ages)

15. Hunt Seat Equitation (all ages) 16. Junior Hunter Under Saddle 17. Senior Hunter Under Saddle 18. Jumpers (all ages) 19. Dressage (all ages) 20. Saddle Seat Equitation (all ages) 21. Saddle Seat Pleasure (all ages) 22. Gaited English Pleasure (all ages) 23. Gaited Western Pleasure (all

ages) 24. Saddle Type Western Pleasure

(all ages) 25. Pleasure Driving (all ages) 26. Junior Flags

151

27. Senior Flags 28. Junior Poles 29. Senior Poles 30. Junior Speed & Action 31. Senior Speed & Action

32. Junior Barrels 33. Senior Barrels 34. Junior Keyhole 35. Senior Keyhole

10. All members are required to participate in halter and showmanship in order to receive a premium. Premiums are based on $10 per horse entered in the official Pike County 4-H Fair Horse Show with a limit of 2 horses per member. Members will still receive ribbons excluding premiums for the following reasons: (a) Not fulfilling the requirement of halter and showmanship classes; (b) Not enrolling horse or pony prior to or on the deadline date of May 15.

11. Before exiting the fairgrounds with your horse at the end of fair week, each exhibitor’s stall, tack area, and the area in front of the stall should be checked by a Horse & Pony leader to determine that it has been cleaned properly. The member should help with general clean-up in the Horse & Pony barn the day of check-out unless other arrangements have been made ahead of time.

12. If the exhibitor and horse or pony leave the fair prior to check-out, prior approval from the 4-H Council is needed.

13. To exhibit at the Indiana State Fair, please refer to the Indiana 4-H Horse & Pony Handbook for eligibility requirements. More information is included in the Indiana State Fair Handbook under the Horse & Pony Terms and Conditions. Forms must be mailed to the Indiana State Fair for entry by July 1.

14. Exceptions to the “Scoop” rules must have an application submitted to the Extension Office. Exceptions to club rules must be appealed to the Pike County 4-H Livestock Committee.

Llamas & Alpacas

All llama exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week: • Show clothes (white shirt, black pants and dark, closed-toe, closed-heel shoes) • Shovel and rake for cleaning up • Show halter and lead • Optional: fan with safety grill, lunch/dinner or money for lunch/dinner

1. All llamas/alpacas must be enrolled via the 4-H Livestock Enrollment Center on or

before May 15. Lease agreements, if applicable, must also be on file on or before May 15.

2. All animals must meet the Pike County 4-H Livestock Rules and have current health papers.

3. The wool from the animals may be sold at the livestock auction, but not the animal itself.

4. Llamas and Alpacas will show together. 5. No intact males 24 months of age or older will be permitted.

152

6. Nursing llama mothers may not be accompanied in the ring by their babies. We recommend not showing nursing llama mothers.

7. No llama under the age of 5 months may be shown. 8. Each 4-H member may enter only one animal. Each exhibitor can enter the animal

in every class for which it is eligible. 9. The Pike County 4-H Livestock Dress Code will apply. 10. Exhibitors must declare one week before the fair which class(es) they will be

showing in. 11. All classes will be judged on the day of the llama/alpaca show.

Llama & Alpaca Classes

• Costume – Member and animal are judged on originality, difficulty in training

animal to accept and exhibit costume, and suitability to theme (exhibitor’s choice). Exhibitors must submit a one minute narrative to be read during their performance. Narratives must be submitted to the announcer ½ hour before the scheduled start of the class.

• Pack – Member and animal are judged on their ability to negotiate obstacles and perform activities in the back country while carrying a pack. Six specific obstacles are required: backing, bridge/ramp, jump, flexibility and maneuvering, inspecting foot, and manageability with pack. Llamas and alpacas under 18 months of age will wear a training pack or pad with 2 cinches and filled panniers. Entire system must weight no more than 8 pounds. Llamas and alpacas 18 months and older will wear a complete pack with 2 cinches and panniers filled out with light weight material. Entire system must weigh no more than 25 pounds. Juniors will not remove packs.

• Obstacle – Member and animal are judged on their ability to negotiate obstacles. Five specific obstacles are required: jump, change of pace, backing, bridge/ramp, and maneuvering.

• Public Relations – Member and animal are judged on their ability to negotiate obstacles and perform activities in the community. Five specific obstacles are required: picking up foot/showing teeth, loading, backing, ramp/steps, and petting by strangers.

• Showmanship – Member demonstrates the ability to show his/her animal to its best advantage at halter. Judging is based on the exhibitor’s basic skill in fitting, grooming, following directions, and style of presenting the animal to the judge for evaluation. The animal’s conformation is not to be considered. The 3 age classes are Junior (Grades 3-5), Intermediate (Grades 6-8), and Senior (Grades 9-12)

• Poster – Posters will be judged on theme, construction, style, and language. Posters must have been constructed within one year of exhibit and must follow general poster guidelines under Preparing for the Fair in this “Scoop” and Llama poster guidelines in “Livestock Posters”.

• Llama/Alpaca Fleece – Member’s Animal - Exhibit will consist of a full blanket llama/alpaca fleece, with or without rump and/or shoulder sections, sheared within one year of exhibit from a llama or alpaca owned by the 4-H’er in accordance with

153

the general 4-H ownership conditions. Fleece should be skirted and displayed in a plain cardboard box. Member must have done all off-animal fleece preparation. Fleeces may be divided by fiber type if number of entries warrant.

• Llama/Alpaca Fleece – Purchased – Exhibit will consist of a full blanket llama/alpaca fleece, with or without rump and/or shoulder sections, purchased by the 4-H’er from any Indiana llama or alpaca owner. Fleece must have been sheared within one year of exhibit and should be skirted and displayed in a clear plastic bag. Member must have done all off-animal fleece preparation. Fleeces may be divided by fiber type if number of entries warrants.

• Llama/Alpaca Fiber Crafts – Exhibit will be judged on craftsmanship only. Crafts must have been made within one year of exhibit. Any craft item constructed with llama or alpaca fiber may be entered. Craft may also contain other materials. Fiber may be processed (felted, spun, etc.) or unprocessed, and may have originated from any llama or alpaca. Exhibits will consist of one completed craft item, which can be a single item or a set, and a notebook explaining how the craft was made.

• Llama/Alpaca Fleece Spinning – Exhibits will consist of both a ¼ ounce or larger double-ply skein of previously spun yarn and single-ply yarn spun during a timed competition. Exhibitors must provide their own wheels and ready-to-spin fiber. Class may be divided by age of exhibitors if number of entries warrants.

Poultry & Waterfowl Egg Exhibit: Exhibit one half dozen (6) eggs. They will be judged at the poultry show at the fair. Note: The judge wants all the eggs to be the same size, color, shape, and shell texture. All Poultry exhibitors are required to bring their own feed for their poultry. Feeders and watering dishes are supplied, but you may bring your own if you prefer. Remember waterfowl need to be able to clean their bills. Chickens (State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or

before April 1. All poultry must be enrolled on county livestock forms and in the Extension Office on or before June 1.


3. Chickens will have blood tests performed. 4. All poultry will be given leg bands for the Fair. After the Fair, please remove leg

bands on younger birds. If you fail to remove bands, the animal may be injured as it grow

5. The 4-H member should be a member of Pike’s Peeps Poultry Club. Each member is requested to attend one poultry workshop each year and half of all scheduled Pike’s Peeps Poultry Club meetings. These meetings will be held at the

154

4-H Building at the fairgrounds. Contact the Extension Office or Pike’s Peeps leader for a schedule of times.

6. All poultry must be cared for by the exhibitor. 7. At the close of fair, each member will be responsible for cleaning up the soiled

sawdust under their cage. 8. Sick birds will be removed from fairgrounds at the Poultry Superintendent’s

discretion. 9. Poultry Classes:

• Commercial Chickens • Pullets - hatched between January 1 and April 1 • Hens - hatched before January 1 • Exhibition – Large Chickens • Exhibition – Bantam Chickens

Pigeons (State Fair) 1. Members must be enrolled in the project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. All pigeons must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before June 1.


3. All poultry will be given leg bands for the Fair. After the Fair, please remove leg bands on younger birds. If you fail to remove metal bands, the animal may be injured as it grows.

4. All pigeons that are going to be shown at the State Fair are required to wear a seamless leg band with an identification number. Leg band must be put on before the bird is 8 days old.

5. Sick birds will be removed from fairgrounds at the Poultry Superintendent’s discretion.

6. All pigeons must be cared for by the exhibitor. 7. At the close of fair, each member will be responsible for cleaning up the sawdust

under their cage. Waterfowl (Ducks & Geese) (State Fair exhibit) 1. All General Rules and Regulations pertaining to livestock exhibits apply to this

section. 2. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. All ducks must be enrolled on the county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before June 1.

3. All poultry will be given leg bands for the Fair. After the Fair, please remove leg bands on younger birds. If you fail to remove metal bands, the animal may be injured as it grows.

4. All divisions must complete a record sheet and turn it in to the Extension Office. 5. Class WF – Waterfowl: (a) Heavy weight; (b) Medium weight; (c) Light weight; (d)

Bantam ducks 6. Geese: (a) Heavy weight; (b) Medium weight; (c) Light weight

155

7. Sick birds will be removed from the fairgrounds at the Poultry Superintendent’s discretion.

Turkey (State Fair exhibit) 1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or

before April 1. All turkeys must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before June 1.


3. Turkeys will have blood tests performed. 4. All poultry will be given leg bands for the Fair. After the Fair, please remove leg

bands on younger birds. If you fail to remove metal bands, the animal may be injured as it grows. Members must supply their own feeders and watering cans.

5. All turkeys must be cared for by the exhibitor. 6. The 4-H member should be a member of Pike’s Peeps Poultry Club. Each

member is requested to attend one poultry workshop each year. 7. Each member should attend at least half of all scheduled Pike’s Peeps Poultry

Club meetings. These meetings will be held at the 4-H Building at the fairgrounds. Contact the Extension Office or Pike’s Peeps leader for a schedule of times.

8. At the close of fair, each member will be responsible for cleaning up the soiled sawdust under their cage.

9. Sick birds will be removed from fairgrounds at the Poultry Superintendent’s discretion.

Guinea – All guinea fowl are in one class. Guinea fowl must be blood tested and banded.

Poultry Showmanship Contest (State Fair Only)

If you are interested in participating in the Poultry Showmanship Contest at State Fair, please contact the Extension Office by May 15 for additional information on entering the contest, rules, etc. General State Fair Poultry Showmanship Contest Information: 4-H’ers will demonstrate their ability to present birds that are clean, healthy, trained and manageable, along with the techniques of proper display. This activity provides an opportunity to competitively demonstrate one’s knowledge and skill in raising, conditioning, evaluating and handling poultry. See 4-H manual number 679, “4-H Poultry Showmanship”, available upon request from the County Extension Office for details.

Poultry Illustrated Talk Contest (State Fair Only)

156

If you are interested in participating in the Poultry Illustrated Talk Contest at State Fair, please contact the Extension Office by May 15 for additional information on entering the contest, rules, etc. General Poultry Illustrated Talk Contest Information: 1. This is an educational contest for any 4-H Poultry project member. 2. Poultry Illustrated Talk classes are:

• Novice - 4-H member in the 3rd or 4th grade on January 1st of the current year

• Junior - 4-H member in the 5th or 6th grade on January 1st of the current year • Intermediate - 4-H member in the 7th or 8th grade on January 1st of the

current year • Senior - 4-H member in the 9th or 10th grade on January 1st of the current

year • Master - 4-H member in the 11th grade or above on January 1st of the current

year 3. Each 4-H poultry illustrated talk should be original and of a practical nature related

to some phase of the poultry industry. Elaborate and expensive equipment cannot be justified.

4. The illustrated talk should last five (5) to seven (7) minutes. Judges will deduct points when the presentation exceeds maximum minutes "allowed".

5. There will not be a limit on the number of 4-H illustrated talk entries from a given county.

6. Previous winners may compete again, but must select and present a different topic.

7. Champion and Reserve Champion in the Master division are eligible for the State Fair Achievement Trip.

8. Additional information on preparing a 4-H illustrated talk is available upon request from the County Extension Office; ask for 4-H 689 (4-H Communication Activities).

Rabbits All rabbit exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week: • Feed (water and food dishes provided) • Frozen water bottle or way to keep rabbit cool • Brush • Towel • An additional set of show clothes

1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before

April 1. 2. Rabbits must be in the member's possession on or before June 1.

157

3. All rabbits must be pre-registered on the approved form and turned into the Extension Office by June 1 to be eligible to show. Exhibitors must inform the rabbit superintendent upon check-in as to which rabbits will be shown at the Fair.

4. At each level, 4-H members must choose at least one option of those listed below, but may do as many as they wish.

5. Options are: (a) Rabbit Showmanship; (b) Rabbit Poster; (c) Caged Exhibit. 6. Showmanship will be done by levels, except that last year’s winners in each level

will advance to the next level with the exception of Master. 7. Rabbit posters must meet general guidelines set forth in the Pike County 4-H

Scoop for poster exhibition. See “Livestock Posters” for more information. 8. Trophies and ribbons will be awarded for the following categories: Best Buck;

Reserve Best Buck; Best Doe; Reserve Best Doe; Best Meat Pen; Reserve Best Meat Pen.

9. A Grand Champion Buck and a Grand Champion Reserve Buck will be selected. A Grand Champion Doe and a Reserve Grand Champion Doe will be selected. A Grand Champion Meat Pen and Reserve Grand Champion Meat Pen will be selected.

Exhibiting Caged Rabbits


2. The 4-H member should be enrolled in the county rabbit club. Each member is requested to attend one rabbit workshop each year.

3. Each member should attend at least half of all scheduled county rabbit club meetings. These meetings will be held at the 4-H Building at the fairgrounds. Contact the Extension Office or the rabbit club leader(s) for a schedule of times.

4. All rabbits entered in the Fair must be tattooed in the left ear. Arrangements will be made to have at least one county wide session to tattoo rabbits.

5. Each member will be responsible for caring for their rabbits at the Fair. 6. Each member will be responsible for daily cleaning of their pen area as well as the

droppings under the cage. 7. At the close of the Fair, each member will be responsible for cleaning up the

soiled sawdust under their cage. 8. As in past years, any rabbit showing signs of illness will be sent home. All rabbits

must be health checked when they are brought to fair before entering the barn. The rabbit superintendent will make the final determination as to whether a rabbit is healthy enough to stay. Any animal becoming ill during fair will be quarantined and sent home as soon as possible. This is to protect your rabbit as well as everyone else’s.

9. A release form must be signed at check-in that states who will pick up the rabbit(s) and when. This will be firmly enforced.

10. No rabbits will be released from exhibit without permission of the Rabbit Superintendent.

11. Any rabbit exhibited falsely (knowingly or unknowingly) in any class will be disqualified.

158

12. If you are unsure of the breed of your rabbit, please check with the rabbit superintendent to make sure that your rabbit is entered in the correct class. This will make the Fair run much smoother. This can be done on tattooing day. Remember all rabbits must be properly tattooed in order to be shown.

13. Three categories will be accepted for exhibit. These categories are: a. Commercial: American; Giant Angora; Beveren; Californian; Champagne

D’Argent; Checkered Giant; American Chinchilla; Giant Chinchilla; Cinnamon; Creme D’Argent; Hotot; English Lop; French Lop; New Zealand; Palomino; Satin; Silver Fox; Flemish Giant

b. Fancy: American Fuzzy Lop; American Sable; English Angora; French Angora; Satin Angora; Belgian Hare; Britannia Petite; Standard Chinchilla; Dutch; Dwarf Hotot; English Spot; Florida White; Harlequin; Havana; Himalayan; Jersey Wooly; Lilac; Holland Lop; Mini Lop; Netherland Dwarf; Polish; Rex; Mini Rex; Rhinelander; Silver; Silver Marten; Tan

c. Grade: Mixed Breed 14. The following classes will be offered in each category:

a. Commercial & Grade: Senior buck - over 8 months of age or minimum senior weight; Senior doe - over 8 months of age or minimum senior weight; Intermediate buck - 6 to 8 months of age; Intermediate doe - 6 to 8 months of age; Junior buck - under 8 months; Junior doe - under 8 months; Meat Pen – 3 rabbits any sex, 3½ to 5 pounds, under 10 weeks old, must be the same breed and color.

b. Fancy: Senior buck over 6 months; Senior doe over 6 months; Junior buck under 6 months; Junior doe under 6 months

15. All rabbits shown in the Commercial or Fancy categories must be purebred, no mixed or crossbreeds. Grade rabbits may be mixed stock of any breeds.

16. Participants can show 13 rabbits total. They can show 3 rabbits in a meat pen plus 10 rabbits in the individual classes. The classes are as follows:

a. 4 Class Rabbits: Junior Buck – less than 6 months; Junior Doe – less than 6 months; Senior Buck – older than 6 months or over minimum senior weight; Senior Doe – older than 6 months or over minimum senior weight

b. 6 Class Rabbits: Junior Buck – less than 6 months; Junior Doe – less than 6 months; 6-8 Buck – between 6 to 8 months; 6-8 Doe – between 6 to 8 months; Senior Buck – older than 8 months or over minimum senior weight; Senior Doe – older than 8 months or over minimum senior weight

c. Meat Pen – A pen of 3 commercial or large breed rabbits under the age of 12 weeks with weights between 3 to 5 pounds.

Rabbit Costume Contest Rules

Rabbit costumes may not harm the rabbit and must be 4-H appropriate.

Rabbit Agility Contest Rules 1. It is important that your rabbit be at least 5 months old, 6 is better. This is for your

rabbit’s safety. 159

2. Only purebred pedigreed rabbits are eligible. 3. Overweight rabbits may have a hard time doing a course and may not be able to

compete at the judge’s discretion. 4. Your rabbit should be healthy, free of diseases and parasites, and should not

have diarrhea, or open sores or wounds. 5. Your rabbit should be able to move freely, meaning that if your rabbit has a

physical disability that keeps it from moving very well, you should not use him or her for agility.

6. If your rabbit is pregnant or nursing babies, she cannot compete. 7. Rabbits need to be able to be handled. A rabbit that does not like to be handled or

scratches and bites is no fun for anyone. 8. If your rabbit is outside of its carrier or cage, it must be on its leash and someone

must be with it at all times. The only exception will be rabbits competing on the course. No rabbits may be tied up when on their leash.

9. Giant rabbits will only compete against other giant rabbits.

Handlers 1. During an event, your clothing should be clean and neat in appearance. Club t-

shirts are fine. If you do not wear your club t-shirt, please wear a plain t-shirt or long sleeve shirt. Jeans and shorts are acceptable and should have no tears or holes in them. Tennis shoes should be clean and neat.

2. If you wear a short sleeve shirt, it is strongly suggested that you wear some sort of protective arm band from your hand to your wrist as even the best behaved rabbits may struggle and scratch.

3. No dangling jewelry like necklaces and earrings. It is suggested that watches, bracelets and rings be removed in case the rabbit should hook a toenail in them and get caught.

4. You may not jump the jumps and/or walk over or through any equipment with your rabbit.

5. You are responsible for repairing or replacing any damaged or wrecked equipment because of your actions.

6. You should bring your own rabbit to the agility course for competition. 7. Please do not lift your rabbit by the scruff of the neck as some people may

perceive this as being cruel. Handle your rabbit properly by making sure it is in a secure position.

8. You may use voice commands or hand commands, to guide your rabbit through the course. Competitors will be allowed to touch their rabbits to encourage them to move, but only with your hands. No directing with your feet.

9. You are encouraged to talk to and cheer your rabbit on as he or she does the course, but do not scream at your rabbit.

10. Do not drag your rabbit through, onto or over an obstacle by its leash. This could hurt the rabbit and break toenails.

11. You are responsible for the way you act at a competition. Poor sportsmanship could get you and your rabbit eliminated from the competition. Using foul or abusive language to anyone or your rabbit is not acceptable.

160

Rabbit Equipment Needed 1. Harnesses, if they are used, must be plain, flat webbing, either an “H” harness

(preferred), a yoke style harness, or a non-slip “figure 8” harness. No collars. The harness should not be able to slip on its own.

2. Leashes must be between 4 and 6 feet long and be of the webbed/ material sort, not a chain.

3. Leashes and harnesses not meeting safety standards for rabbits will not be allowed to be used on the rabbit.

4. It is your choice as to whether or not you use a harness and leash while on the course. You know your rabbit best.

5. No treats (for you or your rabbit) will be allowed on the agility course. 6. The ideal run is where a rabbit goes through the course on its own, with little to no

handler intervention. 7. There may be a supervised warm up course available for you to warm up your

rabbit. 8. The course may be held indoors or outdoors so be prepared. 9. You will be told what the course will be before you compete.

General Competition 1. Leashes, when used on the course, need to be held at all times unless the rabbit

is going through the tire jump or the tunnel and must be picked up as soon as the rabbit finishes those obstacles.

2. You are responsible for cleaning up after your rabbit. Cleaning equipment will be available for disinfecting and cleaning equipment if your rabbits make messes on the course.

3. Classes may be split up into weight classes and age classes if there are large numbers of rabbits competing. Giant rabbits (as defined in the ARBA SOP) will be in a class of their own.

4. Your rabbit will be allowed three tries at any obstacle before the judge will ask you to move on to the next.

5. If the rabbit leaves the course it is not a penalty as long as the rabbit re-enters the course at the point where it left.

6. Your rabbit must finish the course or it will be disqualified. 7. Your rabbit has completed the course when on two different instances the rabbit

has been able to complete all of the obstacles on the course without elimination. 8. Course direction will be announced at the start of the class by the Judge.

Rabbit Agility Classes Classes are determined by the rabbit’s ability and experience. The 4-H’er age or ability is not used to determine the class. A 4-H’er is only allowed 1 rabbit per class up to a total of 4 classes. Novice: Easy Course • This class is for all first and second time agility competition rabbits.

161

• Obstacles may be placed in a straight line or a simple U shaped course. • There will be 6 to 12 obstacles • Novice A Maximum 4" jumps, 2 rails wide for spread jumps • Novice B Maximum 8"jumps, 2 rails wide for spread jumps • The following obstacles are used: Pipe Tunnel A-Frame Spread jumps Vertical jumps Pause box and/ or table

Intermediate: Medium Course • This class is for rabbits who have completed the Novice class in previous

workshops or competition. • Obstacles may be placed in a straight line or a simple M or U shaped course • There will be 8 to 14 obstacles. • Jumps Maximum of 12" high, 3 rails wide for spread jumps • The following obstacles are used: Pipe Tunnel A-Frame Spread jumps Vertical jumps Pause box and/ or table Bridge

Advanced: Difficult Course • This class is for rabbits who have completed the Intermediate class in a previous

workshop or competition. • Obstacles may be placed in a straight line, U shape or variations of a figure 8.

There will be at least one change of direction. • There will be 10 to 14 obstacles • Jumps may be a maximum of 16" high, 4 rails wide for spread jumps • The following obstacles are used: Pipe Tunnel Pause box and/ or table A-Frame Chute Spread Jumps Bridge Vertical Jumps Teeter Tire Jump Weave Poles

Master: Challenging Course • This class is for rabbits who have completed the Advanced class in a previous

workshop or competition and are at least 12 months old. • Rabbits will be shown off leash. • Obstacles may be placed in a straight line, U shape or a slightly more difficult

figure 8. There will be at least two changes of direction.

162

• There will be 12 to 16 obstacles. • Jumps have no maximum height or width requirements. • The following obstacles are used: Pipe Tunnel Chute A-Frame Bridge Spread Jumps Teeter Vertical Jumps Weave Poles Tire Jump Water Jump (optional, if used, there may a pause box and/ or

table [only be 1])

Obstacle Performance Requirements 1. A-Frame - The rabbit must stay on the surface of the A-Frame, ascending the

ramp, crossing the apex, and descending the ramp in the direction indicated by the course direction.

2. Pipe Tunnel -The rabbit must enter the opening designated by the course direction, and exit the opposite opening.

3. Vertical Jumps -The rabbit must jump the vertical in the direction indicated by the course direction, passing between the two uprights and over the rails without lowering the height of the jump.

4. Spread Jump - The rabbit must jump the spread jump in the direction indicated by the course direction, passing between the two uprights and over the rails without reducing the height or width of the jump.

5. Tire Jump - The rabbit must jump through the tire in the direction indicated by the course direction. There will be no penalty if the rabbit touches the tire.

6. Water Jump - The rabbit must jump over the water pan in the direction indicated by the course direction without touching it or landing in it, also passing between the uprights of the jump without reducing the height or width of the jump.

7. Bridge - The rabbit must stay on the surface of the bridge, ascending the ramp in the direction indicated by the course direction, crossing the cross plank, and descending the other ramp.

8. Teeter - The rabbit must stay on the surface of the teeter’s plank while ascending, cross the plank’s pivot point, causing the teeter to tilt to the ground on the other end before descending the remainder of the plank. The plank must touch the ground prior to the rabbit leaving the plank.

9. Pause Box - This will be the start and/ or finish for the competition. The rabbit must start from inside this box. If it is the chosen finish, the rabbit must enter the box.

10. Pause Table - The rabbit must stay on the pause table for a count of at least 5 second and not more than 10 seconds.

11. Chute - The rabbit must enter the opening, and exit the draped end of the chute. 12. Weave Poles - The Rabbit must enter the Weave Poles by passing between poles

number 1 and number 2 from right or left. They must then pass through poles number 2 and number 3 in the opposite direction in which they started and continue a weaving sequence until they pass between the last two poles. If the

163

sequence is broken, the rabbit must restart the correct sequence, either at or anywhere before the location of the error. Pole 1 is defined as the first pole reached following the course direction.

Scoring

Standard Faults charged as 1 fault (1 second added to score for each penalty)

• Displaced rail, bar, plank or surface on all jumps • Any part of the rabbit that touches the water area of a water jump • Leaving the pause table before the five second count it is up • Remaining on the pause table for more than ten seconds count • Where weave poles are used, a missed weave pole • Leash contact: pulling or constant tugging on the leash —1 fault per obstacle

Major Faults Charged as 5 faults (5 seconds added to score for each penalty)

• Omitting an Obstacle-Includes missing an obstacle, being told by the judge to go on after 3 refusals, or crossing the finish line without completing the last obstacle properly

• Bailing off - rabbit jumps off the A-Frame or Bridge over the side board or without descending the off ramp or off the teeter before the teeter tips down and touches the ground with the far end

• Outside assistance - any help, such as telling the handler which obstacle is next, cues to the rabbits, etc.

• Refusal at any obstacle up to three refusal. • Run-outs at any obstacle (a run-out is when the rabbit goes completely by

the obstacle it is supposed to do in the order of the course instead of completing the obstacle) the rabbit must go back and do the obstacle in the correct direction of the course.

• Exiting a contact obstacle prior to starting its descent on that obstacle • Where weave poles are used, failure to enter the weave poles properly

Elimination

• Running the wrong course • Rabbit refuses to move after 20 seconds or leaves the ring • Exceeding the fault limit – 20 faults • Poor Sportsmanship in the form of physical or emotional abuse of others and/ or

rabbit • Rabbit abuse anywhere on the grounds

Final Score Course and time faults are added together with the lowest score being the winner. If still tied, the course may be run again to break the ties

164

Rabbit Illustrated Talk Contest (State Fair Only) This is an educational contest for any 4-H rabbit project member. Interested 4-H members must register for the contest by the designated time (please see the 2012 Indiana State Fair handbook). Please contact the Extension Office by May 15 for more information. Divisions:

• Novice (Grades 3-4) • Junior (Grades 5-6) • Intermediate (Grades 7-8)

• Senior (Grades 9-10) • Master (Grades 11-12)

The following details will be useful information for all 4-H participants:

1. Each 4-H rabbit illustrated talk should be original and of a practical nature related to some phase of the domestic rabbit industry. Elaborate and expensive equipment cannot be justified.

2. The illustrated talk should last five to seven minutes. Judges will deduct points when the presentation exceeds maximum minutes “allowed”.

3. There will not be a limit on the number of 4-H illustrated talk entries from a given county.

4. Previous winners may compete again, but must select and present a different topic. Topic title must be submitted with entry.

5. Additional information on preparing a 4-H illustrated talk is available from the Extension Office. Ask for publication 4-H 689 (4-H communication activities).

6. Entry forms are available through the Extension Office. 4-H members may also enter their Illustrated Talk in Project Interact (formerly known as Demonstration Contest). Please speak to your county 4-H Educator about entering both contests.

7. Remember to get tag from Show Office to put on your cage when taking your rabbit to the Rabbit Illustrated Talk.

Rabbit Ambassador Contest (State Fair Only) If you are interested in participating in the Rabbit Ambassador Contest, please contact the Extension Office by May 15. Divisions:

• Novice (Grades 3-4) • Junior (Grades 5-6) • Intermediate (Grades 7-8) • Senior (Grades 9-10) • Master (Grades 11-12) • Supreme (Those who have won Master but are still eligible for 4-H)

165

Exhibit Requirements: 1. All 4-H members must have shown in and been nominated from their

respective county. Members with special needs must indicate the need for accommodation on their Rabbit Ambassador entry form.

2. Each county may nominate only five contestants (one from each class). Category winners are not eligible in the same category again. Winners are eligible to compete in the next higher category the following year. Winners of the Master division may come back in the Supreme division.

3. In the event that the nominated contestant is unable to participate, one alternate in each division may be substituted provided written or verbal confirmation comes from the Extension Office to the 4-H Rabbit Show Manager.

4. No resource or reference material may be used during the contest by the participants. Contestants must provide a #2 pencil for writing purposes.

5. For all levels, questions for the contest will be taken from the following publications:

a. Ohio State Rabbit Resource b. Standard of Perfection 2011-2015 (published by ARBA). Note the

edition. 6. Resumes are not required in any division for 2011. See 2012 Indiana State

Fair handbook for resume requirements in 2012. 7. Tie scores will be broken as follows:

a. Highest test score, then, if necessary b. Highest breed identification score, then, if necessary c. Oral test given by a committee of three people appointed by rabbit

ambassador chairperson. 8. Decision of the judges/contest committee shall be final. 9. In the event there is a conflict of information, the Standard of Perfection is

considered the authority. 4-H Rabbit Ambassador Contest Procedures

1. Test – 100 points a. Questions may be true-false, multiple choice or a combination

thereof b. Answers are recorded on a Scantron form (contestants must bring a

#2 pencil) 2. Breed Identification – 60 points

a. Identify and classify ten rabbits according to show room classification and class

b. Show room classification refers to the term used to enter the rabbit in show thereby indicating how it is shown. Specifically, the Netherland Dwarf rabbit is shown by variety and should be identified by variety only. The Jersey Wooly breed is shown by groups and should be identified by group only.

3. Showmanship – 100 points

166

a. Each contestant must furnish his/her own rabbit and bring the rabbit to the judge in a carrier. Rabbit must be tattooed.

b. The rabbit should be in a solid-bottom carrier. c. Rabbits used in the Ambassador contest are not to be removed

from the Rabbit and Poultry building until officially released. d. Contestants should refer to the 4-H Rabbit Ambassador Contest

Showmanship Score Sheet as a resource. The form will be available through the Extension Office or on the Indiana 4-H website.

Sheep All sheep exhibitors should furnish the following items during fair week: • Clean feed pan • Feed • Hay • Clean water bucket or container for

fresh water • Nylon rope halter • Shampoo

• Plastic brush for scrubbing when washing sheep

• An additional set of show clothes • Optional - Blankets or show tubes • Optional – Blower • Optional – Exhibitor harness

Sheep Exhibit Rules & Project Guidelines

1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or before April 1. All livestock must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before May 15.

2. All General Rules and Regulations pertaining to livestock exhibitors apply to this section.

3. All animals must be dehorned except Horned Dorset Sheep, and Jacob Sheep. 4. No sheep or goats may be exhibited that are showing signs of being infected

with ringworm! 5. All sheep and goats will adhere to the latest USDA/APHIS Scrapie Eradication

program guidelines. This includes ear tagging/tattooing, blood testing, and all other testing that the Indiana Board of Animal Health deems necessary. Sheep or goats that have given birth or will give birth within 4 weeks of the fair will not be allowed to exhibit.

6. Exhibitors may exhibit a maximum of 3 market and 5 breeding ewes. Only 2 animals may be exhibited in any one class, the additional animals to be used in the pen of 2 classes.

7. Classes offered are: a. Market Lambs - born after January of the current year. b. Breeding Ewes: Yearling Ewe - born before September 1 of the prior

year; Ewe Lambs - born after September 1 of the prior year; Junior Ewe Lambs - born after April 1 of the current year.

167

c. Purebred/Registered ewes should be classified by age: Fall Ewe Lambs: Born between September and December of the previous year; Early Ewe Lambs: Born between January and February of current year; Present-Late Ewe Lambs: Born after February 15 of current year to present.

d. Commercial Ewe Lambs should be shown by weight. e. Pair of Lambs class will be offered. Two of any sex, born after

September 1 of the prior year. No premium will be paid. 8. Market lambs are expected to be "slick shorn." 9. All sheep exhibited at the Pike County Fair must be ear tagged. If to be shown

at State Fair, they must have a 5 digit ear tag and have retinal scanning. 10. All sheep must be docked and conform to current management practices. 11. Market lambs may be either a wether or ewe, but can be shown as market

animals only. 12. Registration papers are needed for all breed classes. Non-registered sheep will

be shown in cross-breed class. 13. Individual identification of the animal must be shown on the county livestock

form and health certificate. Breeding ewes and market lambs may be placed on the same enrollment form.

Fair Week Rules: • Grooming of Lambs – have lamb groomed at home or family may groom at

fair • Showmanship Dress – Shirts may be polo-style or cotton button-down. Wear

clean jeans, khakis, Dockers, etc. • Exhibitor Number – Exhibitor should have number neatly secured to back of

shirt. Exhibitor harness is optional.

Swine All swine exhibitors are required to furnish the following items during fair week:

• Feed with clean feed pan • Show tube, cane or short whip • Shampoo • Stiff bristled brush for cleaning animal(s) • A way to secure exhibitor number on back of shirt (exhibitor harness, safety

pins, etc.) • An additional set of show clothes

1. Members must be enrolled in this project on the 4-H enrollment form on or

before April 1. All livestock must be enrolled on the proper county livestock form and in the Extension Office on or before May 15.

2. PQA Plus (Pork Quality Assurance) is required for all members exhibiting swine. Contact the Extension Office for more information.

168

3. All 4-H Swine exhibitors are strongly encouraged to purchase pigs that have already been given the flu vaccine.

4. All 4-H Swine exhibitors are strongly encouraged to receive a flu shot. 5. All General Rules and Regulations pertaining to livestock exhibits apply to this

exhibit. 6. A parent or guardian will be asked to be in the back with swine members on

show day. 7. Barrows and gilts will be accepted for this exhibit. 8. All exhibitors are limited to 2 entries in the market class and 4 entries in the gilt

class. However, in identifying the animals on the farm, the owner will have the option of tagging as many as 15 pigs (barrows only) from which to select the 2 market animals and up to 10 gilts from which to choose the 4 gilt entries. Families may identify the same animal on other immediate/or household family member's livestock enrollment forms.

9. All market classes will be weighed as they enter the barns at the Fairgrounds. 10. A pen of 4 class will be offered. The animals may belong to different club

members in the same family. No premium is paid. 11. All swine must be ear notched and/or tagged. Ear notching is required for State

Fair. Ear notches must be drawn on the ears of the pictured swine heads located on the swine enrollment form exactly as they appear in the pig’s ear.

12. The following classes will be offered: (a) Swine Market Barrows – born after January 1 of current year; (b) Swine Breeding Gilts. Gilts will be shown by age.

13. Please note that during the fair: • Swine will be observed daily. If any pigs show signs of being ill (going off-

feed, coughing, have discharge, etc.) temperatures will be checked and they will be sent home if they are running a fever.

• If one pig is diagnosed with flu, all other pigs in the swine barn will go home within 24 hours.

Special Note for Potential State Fair Swine Exhibitors

1. DNA hair samples will be required for all swine to be eligible for the Indiana

State Fair. DNA hair samples are due in the Extension Office by May 15 for any barrow/gilt that the member wants to be eligible for State Fair exhibition.

2. Additionally, 840-RFID tags are still required for all swine exhibited at the State Fair.

3. Ear notches and notch numbers must still be identified on the paper Swine Enrollment Form. If the notches on the pig picture do not match the notch number listed, the notches on the picture will be used instead.

4. If there is an issue with the ear notch, the 4-H member will be given the option to pay for the cost of having a hair sample collected and them compared to the May sample. In that case, if the two DNA samples do not match, they will be disqualified.

*************************************

169

Livestock Showmanship

To encourage exhibitors in proper grooming, showmanship classes will be offered at the end of the regular judging. This contest is open to all members enrolled in the project.

Livestock Showmanship Divisions for Beef, Dairy, Goat, Llama, Poultry, Rabbit, Sheep & Swine

Showmanship divisions are based on the exhibitor’s grade in school as of January 1 of the current year. Divisions are: • Junior Showmanship – All 4-H exhibitors in grades 3 through 5 are eligible.

Once an exhibitor is the overall Junior Showmanship winner for a species, the 4-H’er is eligible to compete in Intermediate or Senior Showmanship classes for that species in future years.

• Intermediate Showmanship – All 4-H exhibitors in grades 6 through 8 are eligible. Previous Junior Showmanship winners are also eligible to compete in Intermediate Showmanship. Once an exhibitor is the overall Intermediate Showmanship winner in a species, the 4-H’er must compete in Senior Showmanship for that species in subsequent years.

• Senior Showmanship – All 4-H exhibitors in grades 9 through 12, as well as previous Intermediate Showmanship winners, are eligible. Once an exhibitor is the overall Senior Showmanship winner in a species, the 4-H’er must compete in Master Showmanship for that species in subsequent years.

• Master Showmanship – All previous Senior and Master Showmanship winners, as well as the current year’s Senior Showmen, are eligible.

Livestock Showmanship Divisions for Horse & Pony

Showmanship divisions are based on the exhibitor’s grade in school as of January 1 of the current year. Divisions are: • Junior Showmanship – Grades 3 through 7 • Senior Showmanship – Grades 8 through 12

Supreme Showmanship

The Supreme Showmanship contest should be fun and something to strive for as Masters. There will be two Supreme Showmanship winners; one for large livestock (Horse, Beef cattle, Dairy cow, Sheep, Swine, and larger Goats) and one for smaller livestock (Rabbits, Poultry, and Pygmy Goats).

1. All Supreme Showman finalists will be responsible in contacting other species superintendents or barn members to learn proper techniques in other species.

170

2. Contestants will be judged on their ability to handle, show, and present each of the different species. Grooming of animals will not be considered.

3. Any questions concerning the Supreme Showman not covered below will be decided on by a committee comprised of the Superintendent of each of the seven species concerned about their representatives.

Who participates in Supreme Showmanship? Master Showmanship winners of various livestock classes. If there is not a

Master Showman, then there will not be a representative from that species. Master Showmen are eligible to participate in Supreme Showmanship more than once if they continue to be the winner of the livestock species. Supreme Showmanship winners are ineligible to participate the next year, but may participate the following year. Livestock used for show: • Animals should be gentle. • The owner(s) of selected animals are to bring the animals and equipment

necessary for showing to show arena at time of show (halters, brush, show stick, etc.).

• Animals should be clean, but not extensively groomed. Owners of animals used will stay to insure safety of the animal, equipment, and spectators, and to return their animal to stall after the contest. Owner is not to assist contestants.

• Animal selection for showmanship participants: o Participants will be allowed to show their own animal. o It is the participant’s responsibility to secure the use of any animals used

during the Supreme Showmanship Contests. o If showman qualifies in more than one livestock area, showman will

choose which species to represent. o Each livestock area will have a runner up to be the alternate.

Ties: Judge will place each contestant in each livestock species and assign point value for placing. High point wins: 1st place - 7 points, 2nd place - 6 points, 3rd place - 5 points, 4th place - 4 points, 5th place - 3 points, 6th place - 2 points, 7th place - 1 point. In the event of a tie, the judge will determine the winner at his discretion. Grooming: Only light grooming is necessary by contestants. Brush visible dirt or straw.

171

What To Bring Into The Show Ring Large Animals Horse – Bring show halter, brush, and comb. Horses & Ponies will be haltered in

contest. Beef - Animal to come to ring in show halter, bring brush, show stick, scotch comb. Swine – Brush and cane, stick, or whip. Sheep – No halter while showing. Dairy Goats – Choke chain. Dairy Cow – Animal to come to ring in show halter, bring brush, show stick, scotch

comb. Llama – brush/comb, lead rope, halter. Small Animals Pygmy Goats – collar and short lead. Rabbits – Long sleeve shirt. Poultry – Nothing required.

Top Herdsman Award 1. All 4-H livestock members are eligible to compete, but must notify the

superintendents at livestock check-in. Participants must compete in the open classes for all species (beef/dairy cattle, large & small goats, horse & pony, llama, poultry, rabbit, sheep & swine) at the livestock shows.

2. Participants will wear 4-H shirts and jeans or dress according to each species dress code.

3. Follow Supreme Showmanship rules pertaining to equipment. Showmanship books are available in the Extension Office and will be available at the Fair.

4. Points will be tallied after the last show and the winner will be announced at the Livestock Auction.

172

4-H Motto

“To Make The Best Better”

4-H Pledge

I pledge:

My HEAD to clearer thinking,

My HEART to greater loyalty

My HANDS to larger service

My HEALTH to better living

For my CLUB, my COMMUNITY,

My COUNTRY, and my WORLD.

4-H Colors

The 4-H colors are green and white. Green symbolizes

nature’s most common color and represents life, spring time,

and youth. White symbolizes purity.

4-H Emblem

The 4-H emblem is the four-leaf clover with the letter

“H” on each leaflet. The H’s stand for Head, Heart,

Hands and Health. The clover should always include

“18 USC 707” in the lower right corner.

Purdue Extension – Pike County

Pike County Courthouse

801 E Main Street

Petersburg, IN 47567

Phone: (812) 354-6838 & (812) 354-6837

Fax: (812) 354-8028

Web: www.ag.purdue.edu/counties/pike/

More ways to keep up with the Pike County 4-H Fair!

Pike County 4-H Fair Blog

http://pikecountyfair.wordpress.com/

Pike County 4-H Fair Twitter Feed

http://twitter.com/#!/pikecofair

Like us on Facebook!

Pike County Ag & Natural Resources

Pike County 4-H

Pike County 4-H Fair

Pike County Junior Leaders

Pike County Shooting Sports

Pike’s Peeps

And More!